CFA26 V2 1 CF26ZS0107 Eng

Casagrande S.p.A.
Via A. Malignani, 1 Telefono / Phone 0039 0434 9941

33074 Fontanafredda (PN) Italy Telefax 0039 0434 997009
CFA 26
HYDRAULIC PILING RIG
VOLUME 1 SAFETY INFORMATION
Code 125050058
VOLUME 2 USER AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Code CFA26-V2-1-eng
VOLUME 3 SPARE PARTS
Code 127050046
Machine type: CFA 26
Serial N.: CF26ZS0107
Rotary type: H18C
Serial N.: H18ZS0123
Years of construction: 2006
Delivery date: 12-06-2006
Client: SELECT PLANT HIRE COMPANY LTD

FIDDLERS REACH,WOULDHAM ROAD
RN20 4 GRAYS-ESSEX GBR
DATE DRAFTER CHECKED APPROVED
04.2000 TESSER L. ROS R. CASAGRANDE M.
THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CASAGRANDE S.p.A.-TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION IS PROHIBITED

GENERAL INFORMATION
This manual refers to the CFA26 hydraulic piling rig manufactured by CASAGRANDE S.p.A.
The manual is supplied with each machine and must be safeguarded by the user against
damage, defacement or deterioration so that it is always readily available for consultation.
The CFA26 hydraulic piling rig is designed and manufactured in accordance with all
applicable safety standards and with the aim of assuring reliable duty through time provided
the machine is employed for the intended uses.
In order to assure the maximum working reliability, CASAGRANDE S.p.A. carefully selected
the materials and components used in the manufacture of the machine, and performed
exhaustive factory testing before shipment. The durability of the machine depends also on it
being used correctly and on it being subjected to appropriate preventive maintenance in
observance of the instructions in this manual.
All parts of the machine, including connection and control devices, are designed and made
with elevated margins of safety to withstand abnormal stresses. That is levels of stress that
are higher than the levels specified in this manual. The materials and components are of
prime quality and their reception, storage and use is subject to strict controls in our factory to
assure their quality, state and condition and that they are free of malfunctions.
N.B.:
1) THE MACHINE MUST NOT BE USED, AND WORK MUST NOT BE CARRIED
OUT ON THE MACHINE BEFORE YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE
CONTENTS OF THIS MANUAL IN THEIR ENTIRETY.
2) FIRST OF ALL IT IS IMPORTANT TO ADOPT ALL THE MEASURES LISTED IN

VOLUME 1 - SAFETY INFORMATION.
3) USE OF THIS MACHINE IN CONDITIONS OR FOR APPLICATIONS THAT

DIFFER FROM THOSE SPECIFIED IN THIS MANUAL IS STRICTLY
PROHIBITED. CASAGRANDE S.p.A. ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR
MACHINE FAULTS, PROBLEMS OR ACCIDENTS RESULTING FROM THE
INFRINGEMENT OF THIS RULE.
This manual is composed of three VOLUMES:
VOLUME 1) SAFETY INFORMATION
VOLUME 2) USER AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
VOLUME 3) SPARE PARTS MANUAL
N.B.: DO NOT TAMPER WITH OR MODIFY, EVEN PARTIALLY, THE SYSTEMS AND
EQUIPMENT THAT ARE DESCRIBED IN THIS MANUAL. IN PARTICULAR, DO
NOT TAMPER WITH, MODIFY OR REMOVE THE GUARDS THAT HAVE BEEN
INSTALLED TO ENSURE THE SAFETY OF PERSONNEL.
DO NOT OPERATE IN DISCORD WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN THIS
MANUAL OR DISREGARD THE OPERATIONS REQUIRED FOR SAFETY.
VOLUME 2 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS CFA26-V2-1-eng
INDEX page
1. FOREWORD .................................................................................................. 1-1
2. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS................................................................ 2-1

2.1. Nomenclature of main components.......................................................................... 2-1
2.2. Dimensions .............................................................................................................. 2-3
2.3. Basic machine ......................................................................................................... 2-4
2.4. Rotary ...................................................................................................................... 2-5
2.5. Propulsion unit ......................................................................................................... 2-7
2.6. Hydraulic system ..................................................................................................... 2-8
2.7. Winches................................................................................................................. 2-10
2.7.1. Main winch........................................................................................................................ 2-10
2.7.2. Auxiliary winch .................................................................................................................. 2-10
2.7.3. Optional for crowd winch .................................................................................................. 2-11
2.8. Accumulators (precharge)...................................................................................... 2-11
2.9. Tightening torque data ........................................................................................... 2-12
2.10. Liquid supplies chart .............................................................................................. 2-13
2.11. Flexible hoses........................................................................................................ 2-20
2.12. Noise and vibration levels ...................................................................................... 2-20
2.13. Stability conditions ................................................................................................. 2-22
3. SIGNALING.................................................................................................... 3-1
4. CONTROLS.................................................................................................... 4-1
5. OPERATION .................................................................................................. 5-1

5.1. Operation notes ....................................................................................................... 5-2
5.1.1. Drilling with continuous flight auger (CFA) ......................................................................... 5-2
5.1.2. Use of the auxiliary winch................................................................................................... 5-4
5.1.3. Use of the crowd winch ...................................................................................................... 5-4
5.2. Start - up.................................................................................................................. 5-5
5.2.1. Adjustment of speed of the diesel engine .......................................................................... 5-9
5.2.2. Reading of malfunction codes of the diesel engine............................................................ 5-9

I
5.2.3. Engine malfunction codes tables QSB and QSC ............................................................. 5-12
5.3. Travel..................................................................................................................... 5-20
5.4. Positioning ............................................................................................................. 5-22
5.4.1. Mast positioning................................................................................................................ 5-22
5.4.2. Upperstructure slew.......................................................................................................... 5-25
5.4.3. Stabilizing the machine..................................................................................................... 5-27
5.5. Working ................................................................................................................. 5-30
5.5.1. Winch................................................................................................................................ 5-30
5.5.2. Crowd system (option)...................................................................................................... 5-35
5.5.3. Rotary and accessories .................................................................................................... 5-36
5.5.4. Auxiliary services .............................................................................................................. 5-40
5.5.5. Machine automatic lubricator pump ................................................................................. 5-42
5.6. Stopping the machine ............................................................................................ 5-44
5.7. Measurement and/or automatic monitoring of tilt (inclinometer) - depth and load... 5-45
6. MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................. 6-1

6.1. Foreword ................................................................................................................. 6-1
6.2. Routine machine maintenance................................................................................. 6-2
6.3. Periodical maintenance of rotary + applications (CFA arrangement)...................... 6-33
7. EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLY/DISASSEMBLY................................................... 7-1

7.1. Lowering and disassembly of the mast .................................................................... 7-1
7.2. Assembly and raising of the mast .......................................................................... 7-14
7.3. Mast lowering/raising ............................................................................................. 7-29
7.3.1. Lowering ........................................................................................................................... 7-29
7.3.2. Raising.............................................................................................................................. 7-33
8. TRANSPORT ................................................................................................. 8-1

8.1. Transport dimensions .............................................................................................. 8-2
9. COMPONENTS REPLACEMENT.................................................................. 9-1

9.1. Ropes ...................................................................................................................... 9-1
9.1.1. Fitting the rope to the winch ............................................................................................... 9-1
9.1.2. Anchoring the rope ............................................................................................................. 9-2
9.1.3. Cutting wire ropes............................................................................................................... 9-3
9.2. Flexible hoses.......................................................................................................... 9-4
9.3. Crawler chain........................................................................................................... 9-5

II
10. DISPOSAL OF THE MACHINE.................................................................... 10-1
11. ELECTRIC / HYDRAULIC DIAGRAMS ....................................................... 11-1

III

IV
1. FOREWORD
VOLUME 2 contains:
- information regarding technical features of the machine;
- instructions for correct use and functioning of the machine;
- maintenance instructions;
Enclosed: User - spare parts handbook for diesel engine.
Enclosed: User - spare parts handbook for ZOLLERN winches (if supplied).
• The information and instructions in this manual are for the attention of the machine
operator and the maintenance technician who are required to read and fully understand
the contents of the manual before using or servicing the machine.
IMPORTANT !
The employer is responsible for the correct instruction and training of
maintenance and operator personnel.
• The “Operating and Maintenance" manual must be always on hand for consultation.
The manual must be kept on-board the machine in a suitably protected place.
• If the manual is mislaid or damaged, request a replacement manual from

CASAGRANDE S.p.A. specifying the code number of the manual and the serial
number of the machine.
• If the machine is sold, please inform CASAGRANDE S.p.A. of the address of the new
owner to enable us to continue to provide service and advice.
• This Operating and maintenance manual is drawn up in compliance with UNI ISO
6750.
NOTE
Some of the figures in this manual may show parts that differ in certain respects to the parts
installed on the machine.

1-1

1-2
2. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
2.1. Nomenclature of main components
CRAWLER
1 - Crawler unit
2 - Crawler frame
UPPERSTRUCTURE
3 - Upperstructure frame
4 - Cowlings
5 - Crowd winch (optional)
6 - Cabin
7 - Control panels
8 - Rear winch
9 - Front winch
10 - Propulsion unit
11 - Pumps unit
12 - Fuel tank
13 - Hydraulic oil reservoir
14 - Counterweight group
15 - Upperstructure slewing group
16 - Battery (accumulators)
17 - Electric board

2-1
2.1
EQUIPMENT
18 - Mast
19 - Mast upper element
20 - Rotary suspension sheave block
21 - Jib
22 - Extension and cement feeding group
23 - Centering device or auger cleaner
24 - Continuous flight auger
25 - Rotary head
26 - Slide
27 - Mast support cylinders
28 - Mast foot

2-2
2.2. Dimensions
24
Value
Dimension
(mm)
A overall length of undercarriage 5108
B rear overhang 4240
C radius of slewing 4000
D max height 25540
E length of mast 22026
distance between mast foot
F
and ground level
340
F1 stroke of stabilizer 600

G stroke of rotary head 20900
G1 length of extension 5500
H mast-borehole axis clearance 800
Ømax max. drilling diameter 1200
P max. drilling depth 26000
Max. pulling force. kN 600

Max. pushing force kN 60
Max. rotary torque kNm 142
Max. speed giri/1 32
Average weight of the
machine (without tools)
Kg 60000

2-3
2.3. Basic machine

2.5
A Centre to centre distance 4210 mm
B Overall length of tracks 5140 mm
C Width of tracks shoes 800 mm
- Retracted tracks 1380 mm

D Clearance inside tracks
- Extended tracks 2780 mm
- Retracted tracks 2980 mm

E Overall width of undercarriage
- Extended tracks 4380 mm
F Min ground clearance 354 mm
G Swing radius 1163 mm
H Overall length of upperstructure 7150 mm
I Clearance under counterweight 1771 mm
L Height of base carrier 3277 mm
L1 Height of cabin guard 3391 mm
M Height of rear body 2631 mm
N Width of upperstructure 2900 mm
O Overall length of base carrier 6803 mm
P Stabilizer ground clearance 690 mm

2
Ground pressure (base machine) 5 N/cm
Base machine weight (without equipment and counterweight) 340 kN
Counterweight weight ~ 90 kN
X Centre of gravity to swing axis distance 1160 mm

2-4
Maximum speed 0 ÷ 1,3 km / h
Upperstructure slewing speed 0 ÷ 1,6 rpm
Temperature range -10 + 40° C
2.4. Rotary
Rotary H15
35
Vgmin=48 cc
33
30
Vgmin = Minimum capacity setting on main

rotary head motors. (Speed III)
Vgmax = Maximum capacity setting on main

25
Vgint=66 cc rotary head motors. (Speed I)
Vgint = Intermediate capacity setting on

rotary head motors. (Speed II)
N.B. This choice can be set anywhere
between Vgmax and Vgmin.
20
RPM
Vgmax=107 cc
15
14
10
Vgmin=48 cc
Vgint=66 cc
0
0 20 40 60 62 80 85 100 120 137 140 160
M (kNm)

2-5
Rotary H18 C
40
Vgmin=50 cc Vgmin = Cilindrata minima impostabile sui

motori principali della rotary. (Velocità III)
37
35 Vgmax = Cilindrata massima impostabile sui
motori della rotary. (Velocità I)
Vgint = Velocità intermedia impostabile sui

motori della rotary. (Velocità II)
N.B. Questa scelta si può collocare in
30
qualsiasi punto tra Vgmax e Vgmin.
25
24
Vgint=76 cc
RPM
20
15
Vgmax=153 cc
12
10
Vgmin=50 cc
Vgint=76 cc
54 81 163
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
M (kNm)
Vgmin = Minimum displacement that can be set on main rotary motors (Speed III)
Vgmax = Maximum displacement that can be set on main rotary motors (Speed I)
Vgint = Intermediate displacement that can be set on main rotary motors (Speed II)
N.B. This choice can be located in any point between Vgmax and Vgmin

2-6
2.5. Propulsion unit
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer CUMMINS ENG. CO.
Type QSC 8.3 C turbo intercooler air to air with CAPS
Power 224 kW (300 CV) a 2200 rpm
Motor cooling system Water circulation
Specific fuel consumption (at 2200 rpm) 214 g/kWh
Rules EPA/CARB – NRMM EC 97/68 Phase 2

2-7
2.6. Hydraulic system
• The basic version of the hydraulic system includes:

- 1 twin main pump (P1, P2) HYDROMATIK A8V0 80 with SR regulator and
power control;
- 1 auxiliary pump (P3).
The main pumps are designed to feed all the functions of the machine through separate
circuits.
Pump P1 P2
MAIN, AXIAL PISTON,
Capacity l/min 176 176
VARIABLE CAPACITY PUMP
Max. pressure bar 320 320
Main winch 176 176
MAXIMUM FLOWS TO MAIN
EQUIPMENT Auxiliary winch 176
(l/min)
Travel 176 176
MAXIMUM FLOWS TO
DRILLING EQUIPMENT Rotary head - CFA 176 176
(l/min)
Pump P3
AUXILIARY, AXIAL PISTON,
Capacity l/min 156
VARIABLE CAPACITY PUMP
Max. pressure bar 300
Service feed 40
FLOWS TO SECONDARY
EQUIPMENT Upperstructure slewing 65
Crowd 65
(l/min)
Vibrator 30

2-8
CONTEMPORARY FUNCTIONS
MODE FUNCTION P1 PUMP P2 PUMP P3 PUMP

1 MAIN WINCH
ROTARY HEAD (WORKING)

2
CROWD
WINCH
3
ROTARY HEAD
- Upperstructure swing is contemporary in all modes.
That function is penalized if other functions are active by the same pump.

2-9
2.7. Winches
2.7.1. Main winch
• Powered by a variable displacement hydraulic motor with automatic torque control.

Powered load lowering with a by-pass option to release rope when drilling (the by-
pass is activated by the operator and is protected by a safety device).
Hydraulically released multidisc brake.
Spring loaded spooling roller.
Nominal Rope speed

(m/min) Rope Drum
line-pull at Max. nr. of
Type diameter
layers capacity (m)
1 st layer (mm)
1° layer 3° layer (on 3 layers)
(kN)
Casagrande 150 68 83,3 24 3 131
2.7.2. Auxiliary winch
• Powered by a fixed displacement hydraulic motor.

Power load lowering.
Nominal Rope speed

(m/min) Rope Drum
Type diameter
layers capacity (m)
1 st layer (mm)
(kN)
Casagrande 60 68 91,8 18 3 113

2-10
2.7.3. Optional for crowd winch
• Powered by a fixed displacement hydraulic motor;

Power load lowering.
Nominal Rope speed

(m/min) Rope Drum
Type diameter
layers (*) capacity (m)
1 st layer (mm)
(kN)
Casagrande 60 25 34 18 3 113
Note: The simultaneous use of the main and crowd winches is controlled by an automatic
mechanism to avoid any rope failure.
A measuring device is fitted to set the speed during drilling and extraction.
(*) It works only on the 1st layer.
2.8. Accumulators (precharge)
On servocontrols circuit 1 MPa (1,5 litres)

2-11
2.9. Tightening torque data
LARGE PITCH
Resistance class in accordance with UNI/EN
8.8 10.9 12.9
20898
Metric thread
Pitch (mm) Tightening Torque Ts (Nm)
ISO, UNI 4536
M 4 0,7 2,72 3,82 4,59
M 5 0,8 5,28 7,43 8,92
M 6 1 9,13 12,8 15,4
M 8 1,25 21,9 30,7 36,9
M 10 1,5 42,9 60,4 72,4
M 12 1,75 72,9 102 123
M 14 2 116 163 196
M 16 2 179 252 303
M 18 2,5 249 350 420
M 20 2,5 350 492 591
M 22 2,5 478 672 806
M 24 3 605 851 1021
M 27 3 882 1240 1488
M 30 3,5 1205 1694 2033
M 33 3,5 1623 2282 2739
M 36 4 2096 2948 3538
M 39 4 2706 3805 4566
SMALL PITCH
Resistance class in accordance with UNI/EN
8.8 10.9 12.9
20898
Metric thread
Pitch (mm) Tightening Torque Ts (Nm)
ISO, UNI 4536
M 6 0,75 9,77 13,7 16,5
M 8 1 23,0 32,4 38,8
M 10 1,25 44,7 62,8 75,4
M 10 1 46,4 65,2 78,3
M 12 1,5 75,5 106 127
M 12 1,25 78,0 110 132
M 14 1,5 124 174 209
M 16 1,5 187 263 316
M 18 1,5 271 381 457
M 20 1,5 377 530 637
M 22 1,5 511 719 862
M 24 2 642 903 1084
M 27 2 932 1311 1573
M 30 2 1295 1821 2185
M 33 2 1732 2436 2923
M 36 3 2183 3071 3685
M 39 3 2812 3955 4746

2-12
2.10. Liquid supplies chart
Basic machine
APPROXIMATE
SYSTEM OR UNIT TYPE (*) CHARACTERISTICS
CAPACITY
Fuel tank 430 l -- Tab. L
ARNICA 46
Hydraulic oil reservoir 950 l
AGIP
Tab. A
ARNICA 46
Hydraulic system 300 l
AGIP
Tab. A
SIGMA TURBO 15W40

Engine oil with filter 18 l
AGIP
Tab. B
BLASIA 220
Crawler reduction gear 5,5 l
AGIP
Tab. C
Upperstructure slew reduction BLASIA 220

gear
16 l
AGIP
Tab. C
Chap. 6 GR MU EP2
Grease nipples
C1 AGIP
Tab. E
Chap. 6 FIN 332 F

Lubrication of open air gears
D3 AGIP
Tab. F
Chap. 6 FIN 332F

Rope lube oil
B2 - C2 AGIP
Tab. F
ANTIFREEZE EXTRA
Radiator (coolant) 13 l ( )
AGIP
Tab. G
(*) Type and brand of oil supplied by Casagrande Spa with the machine for temperature range
from –10 a +40 °C.
( ) Fill up with water
N.B. The tables indicate the characteristics of the type of lubricant which is, and must be, used for
the machine. Other type of lubricants with different characteristics can be considered for
specific situations/conditions once Casagrande S.p.A. has been consulted.

2-13
Winches
APPROXIMATE
CAPACITY
ROTRA 80W-90
Winch 150 kN 6l
AGIP
Tab. M
ROTRA 80W-90
Winch 60 kN 3l
AGIP
Tab. M
ROTRA 80W-90
Winch 60 kN 3l Tab. M
AGIP
Auxiliary front winch

Main rear winch
Crowd winch (optional)
(*) The types and brand indicated are those supplied by Casagrande Spa with the machine for
a temperature range from –10 a +40 °C.
N.B. The tables indicate the characteristics of the type of lubricant which is, and must be, used
for the machine. Other type of lubricants with different characteristics can be considered for
Rotary
APPROXIMATE
CAPACITY
Rotary table + ( ) BLASIA 220
80 l Tab. C
joint housing AGIP
BLASIA 220
Reduction gear rotary 10 l ( )
AGIP
Tab. C
GR MU EP2
Rotary greasing Chap. 6.3 - B1
AGIP
Tab. E
GR MU EP2
Greasing of rods swivel Chap. 6.3 – B2 Tab. E
AGIP
( ) Do not exceed the level.
(*) The types and brand indicated are those supplied by Casagrande Spa with the machine for
a temperature range from –10 a +40 °C.
N.B. The tables indicate the characteristics of the type of lubricant which is, and must be, used
for the machine. Other type of lubricants with different characteristics can be considered for

2-14
A ARNICA 46 Oil
CHARACTERISTICS
Viscosity at 40°C mm²/s 45
Viscosity at 100°C mm²/s 8,3
Viscosity index 164
Flash point V.A. °C 215
Pour point °C -36
Volumetric mass at 15°C Kg/l 0,870
SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS

- ISO-L-HV
- AFNOR NF E 48600 HV
- BS 4231 HSE
- DIN 51524 t.3 HVLP
- CETOP RP 91 H HV
- CINCINNATI P 68, P69 and P70
- DENISON HF 0
- VICKERS M-2950
B SIGMA TURBO 15W-40 Oil
CHARACTERISTICS
Viscosity at -15°C cP 3300
Viscosity index 138
Pour point °C -27

- ACEA E3-96
- API Service CG-4/SG
- CCMC D5, PD-2
- US Department of the Army MIL-L-2104 E
- US Department of the Army MIL-L-46152 E

2-15
C BLASIA 220 Oil
CHARACTERISTICS
Viscosity index 95
Pour point °C -21

- ISO-L-CKD
- ANSI/AGMA 9005-94 (AGMA nr. 2EP,3EP,4EP,5EP,6EP,7EP,8EP)
- ASLE EP
- DIN 51517 teil3 CLP
D BLASIA 100 Oil
CHARACTERISTICS
Viscosity index 95
Pour point °C -24

- ISO-L-CKD
- ANSI/AGMA 9005-94 (AGMA nr. 2EP,3EP,4EP,5EP,6EP,7EP,8EP)
- ASLE EP
- DIN 51517 teil3 CLP

2-16
E GR MU EP 2 Grease
CHARACTERISTICS
Consistency NLGI 2
Handling penetration dmm 280
Drop point ASTM °C 185
Base oil viscosity at 40°C mm²/s 160

- ISO-L-X-BCHB 2
- DIN 51 825 KP2K-20
- DIN 51 826
F FIN 332/F Oil
CHARACTERISTICS
Viscosity at 100°C mm²/s 240 *
Pour point °C <-9
Flash point IP170/90 °C 38
Flash point after solvent evaporation >240

- ISO-L-CH-DIL (AGIP FIN 332/F)
- DIN 51513 BC-V (AGIP FIN 332/F and 360 EP/F)
* After solvent evaporation

2-17
G ANTIFREEZE EXTRA Antifreeze
CHARACTERISTICS
Boiling point °C 170
Colour turquoise
Volumetric mass at 20°C Kg/l 1.130
Temperature of
% Volume Freezing Boiling
Boiling point in water solution °C °C
25 -12 103
Freezing point in water solution 33 -18 105
50 -38 110
60 -45 112

- CUNA NC 956-16 ed. ‘97
- ASTM D 1384
H GREASE SM Grease
CHARACTERISTICS
Consistency NLGI 2
Handling penetration dmm 280
Drop point ASTM °C 190
Base oil viscosity at 40°C mm²/s 160

- The grease contain molybdenum bisulphide
I BLASIA S 150 Oil
CHARACTERISTICS
Viscosity index 195
Pour point °C -36

- Synthetic oil

2-18
L FUEL
SPECIFICATION METHOD REQUISITES
Water and sediment D 1796 < 0,05 %
Appearance Visual Liquid
Colour D 1500 N° L 3.0
Specific gravity at 15 °C D 1298 kg/l 0,8226
Calculated cetane number D 976 51,0
C.F.P.P. IP 309 -13
Flash point D 93 63 °C
Clouding point D 2500 -10 °C
Pour point D 97 - 24 °C
Kinematic viscosity at 38,7 °C D 445 2,29 cSt
Sulphur COULOM. 0,08 %
M ROTRA 80W-90 Oil
CHARACTERISTICS
Rating SAE 80W-90
Viscosity at -12°C mPa.s
Viscosity at -26°C mPa.s 130000
Viscosity index 100
Pour point °C -27

- API GL-1
- API GL-3

2-19
2.11. Flexible hoses

• Flexible hoses and their fittings as used by Casagrande Spa have been tested to
assure compliance with UNI ISO 6605 standard:
• The flexible hoses used on this equipment respect the following specification:
SAE 100 R1 AT
SAE 100 R2 AT
SAE 100 R13
DIN 20023-4 SH
2.12. Noise and vibration levels

NOISE LEVEL
• Soundproofed machine
- Measured sound power level (LWA) = 116 dB(A)
- Guaranteed sound power level (LWAd) = 119 dB(A)
- Sound pressure level in the operator position (LpA) = 81 dB(A).
• Measurements were made in conformity with:

- DIRECTIVE 2000/14/CE
- UNI EN ISO 3744
- UNI EN ISO 11201
- UNI EN 791.
2.4

2-20
VIBRATION LEVEL
• The average weighted quadratic acceleration to which hands and arms are subjected is
less than 2.5 m/s2.
• The entire body is subjected to an average weighted quadratic acceleration of less than
0.5 m/s2.
These measurements were obtained on a sample machine in compliance with:
- EN 791 - Annexe A
- ISO 2631 - 1
- ISO 5349:2001

2-21
2.13. Stability conditions
β
γ
γ
γ

2-22
FIG. 1

2-23
FIG. 2

2-24
FIG. 3

2-25
FIG. 4

2-26

2-27
3. SIGNALING
OPERATION TO SIGNAL SIGNALING DESCRIPTION VISUAL DESCRIPTION

3.1
With forearm vertical

forefinger pointing up, move
Hoist
hand in small horizontal
circle.
3.2
With arm extended

downward, forefinger
Lower
pointing down, move hand in
small horizontal circles.
3.3
Arm extended, fingers

Raise mast closed, thumb pointing
upward
3.4
Arm extended, fingers

Lower mast closed, thumb pointing
downward.

3-1

3.5
Arm extended point with

Upperstructure slew
finger in direction of slew
3.6
Arm extended, palm down,

Stop
hold position rigidly.
3.7
Arm extended, palm down,

Emergency stop move hand rapidly right and
left.
3.8
Clamp hands in front of

Stop everything
body.

3-2

3.9
Use both fists, in front of

body, making a circular
Travel (both tracks) motion about each other,
indicating direction of travel;
forward or backward.
3.10
Lock the track on side

indicated by raised fist.
Travel opposite track in
Travel (one track)
direction indicated by circular
motion of other fist, rotated
vertically in front of body.
3.11
Both fists in front of body

Extend tracks (telescopic
with thumbs pointing
system)
outward.
3.12
Both fists in front of body

Retract tracks (telescoping
with thumbs pointing toward
system)
each other.

3-3

3.13
Arm extended forward, hand

open and slightly raised,
Travel
make pushing motion in
direction of travel.
3.14
Tap fist on head; then use

Use main hoist
regular signals.
3.15
Use whip line Tap elbow with one hand;

(auxiliary hoist). then use regular signals.
3.16
Use one hand to give any

motion signal and place
Move slowly other hand motionless over
hand giving the motion
signal.

3-4

3.17
With arm extended thumb

Raise the boom and lower pointing up, flex fingers in
the load and out as long as load
movement is desired.
3.18
With arm extended, thumb

Lower the boom and lift the pointing down, flex fingers in
load and out as long as load
movement is desired.
3.19
One hand signal. One fist in

Extend boom
front of chest with thumb
(telescopic boom)
tapping chest.
3.20
One hand signal. One fist in

Retract boom
front of chest, thumbs
(telescopic boom)
pointing outward and heel of
fist tapping chest.

3-5

3-6
4. CONTROLS
1 LEFT TRACK MOTOR PEDAL / LEVER

2 RIGHT TRACK MOTOR PEDAL / LEVER
3 DIESEL ENGINE MONITORING INSTRUMENTS
4 DIESEL ENGINE REV COUNTER WITH HOUR METER
5 DIESEL ENGINE AND HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ALARM INDICATORS
6 PRESSURE GAUGES - PUMPS P1, P2, P3
7 MAIN WINCH / AUXILIARY WINCH SELECTOR
8 FLOATING OR CONTROLLED WINCH KEY SELECTOR
9 ENGINE SPEED LOCK SELECTOR (RPM FIXED ≈ 1500)
11 ENGINE THROTTLE CONTROL SELECTOR
12 ENGINE IGNITION KEY
13 WINCH CONTROL (MAIN OR AUXILIARY) / ROTARY HEAD JOYSTICK
13.1 ROTARY HEAD SECOND GEAR CUT OUT PUSHBUTTON (ROTATION WITH ONE
PUMP)
13.2 ROTARY HEAD MAX SPEED PUSHBUTTON
13.3 ROTARY HEAD AVERAGE SPEED PUSHBUTTON
13.4 ROTARY HEAD MINIMUM SPEED PUSHBUTTON
13.5 ROTARY HEAD MOTORS OVERRIDE PUSHBUTTON (DISPLACEMENT LOCK)
13.6 ROTARY SPEED HOLDING PUSHBUTTON
13.8 FLOATING WINCHE MODE ENABLING PUSHBUTTON
14 MAIN EMERGENCY PUSHBUTTON
15 AIR HEATER / CONDITIONER
16 MAST FOOT CONTROL LEVER
17 CROWD / UPPERSTRUCTURE SLEWING CONTROL JOYSTICK
17.1 UPPERSTRUCTURE FLOAT MODE PUSHBUTTON
17.2 UPPERSTRUCTURE LOCK / RELEASE PUSHBUTTON
17.3 AUGER CLEANER PUSH- BUTTON LIFTING
17.4 AUGER CLEANER PUSH-BUTTON LOWERING
17.5 BUTTON COUNTER-CLOCKWISE ROTATION OF BRUSH
17.6 BUTTON CLOCKWISE ROTATION OF BRUSH

4-1
18 UPPERSTRUCTURE SLEWING INDICATOR (360°) WITH INCLINED MAST (65°-63°)

19 LOCKED UPPERSTRUCTURE INDICATOR
20 HORN
21 MAST VERTICALITY / UPPERSTRUCTURE HORIZONTAL PLANE INDICATOR
22 LEFT OR LH+RH VERTICALITY CYLINDER CONTROL LEVER (SYNCHRONIZED
LOWERING/RAISING)
23 RIGHT VERTICALITY CYLINDER CONTROL LEVER
24 INDEPENDENT/SYNCRONIZED VERTICALITY CYLINDERS SELECTOR
25 BY-PASS VERTICALITY CYLINDERS RESET PUSHBUTON
26 BY-PASS VERTICALITY CYLINDERS PUSHBUTTON
27 MAST PRE-RAISING LEVER
28 WASHING PUMP SELECTOR
29 WORKING HEADLIGHTS SELECTOR
30 WINCH LIFTING SAFETY BY-PASS KEY OR CROWD WINCH ROPE UNWINDING KEY
31 CRAWLER TRACK GAUGE CONTROL SELECTOR
32 VIBRATOR CLAMPS CONTROL SELECTOR
33 CENTERING DEVICE CONTROL SELECTOR
34 VIBRATOR CONTROL SELECTOR
35 REAR RH STABILIZER CONTROL LEVER
36 REAR LH STABILIZER CONTROL LEVER
37 DISPLACEMENT REGULATOR FOR P2 PUMP
38 DISPLACEMENT REGULATOR FOR P1 PUMP
39 MACHINE LEVEL CONTROL
40 ON/OFF SERVOCONTROL LEVER
41 MAIN WINCH FLOAT MODE PEDAL
42 CENTERING DEVICE PUSHBUTTON PANEL
43-44 CENTERING DEVICE OPENING-CLOSING CONTROL PUSHBUTTON
45 SENSOR SET-UP PUSHBUTTON PANEL
46 PUSHBUTTON PANEL ON/OFF SELECTOR
47 X AXIS SENSOR SET-UP PUSHBUTTON
48 Y AXIS SENSOR SET-UP PUSHBUTTON
49 PRE-RAISING CYLINDERS SENSOR SET-UP PUSHBUTTON
50 EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLY/DISASSEMBLY PUSHBUTTON PANEL

4-2
51 JIB ROTATION CYLINDER SELECTOR

52 MAST BENDING CYLINDER SELECTOR
53 MAST LOCKING/UNLOCKING CYLINDER SELECTOR
54 COUNTERWEIGHT MOUNTING CYLINDER SELECTOR
55 SELECTOR FOR MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC MAST VERTICALITY CONTROL
56 BY-PASS VERTICALITY CYLINDERS INDICATOR LIGHT
57 SAFETY LIMIT SWITCH OFF BUZZER
58 SAFETY LIMIT SWITCH OFF LIGHT INDICATOR
59 MOTOR IN WARM-UP PHASE INDICATOR LIGHT
60 STOP ENGINE INDICATOR LIGHT (RED):
- if it remains on it indicates a serious malfunction: stop the engine!
- if it flashes, with push button 63 depressed, it defines the numbers that compose
the engine malfunction codes
61 ALARM INDICATOR LIGHT (YELLOW):
- If it remains on it indicates a malfunction that does not seriously compromise the
operation of the engine
- if it flashes, with push button 63 depressed, it indicates the beginning or the end
of the reading of an engine malfunction code
62 MAINTENANCE INDICATOR LIGHT: engine maintenance required (oil and filter change,
etc.)
63 PUSH BUTTON FOR READING OF ENGINE MALFUNCTION CODES
64 PUSH BUTTON THAT INCREASES THE MINIMUM SPEED OF THE DIESEL ENGINE
(between 800 and 1000 rpm)
WITH PUSH BUTTON 63 DEPRESSED, IT PERMITS READING OF THE NEXT
MALFUNCTION CODE
65 PUSH BUTTON THAT DECREASES THE MINIMUM SPEED OF THE DIESEL ENGINE
(between 800 and 1000 rpm)
WITH PUSH BUTTON 63 DEPRESSED, IT PERMITS READING OF THE PREVIOUS
MALFUNCTION CODE
66 MAXIMUM ROTARY SPEED LIGHT INDICATOR

67 AVERAGE ROTARY SPEED LIGHT INDICATOR
68 MINIMUM ROTARY SPEED LIGHT INDICATOR
69 OVERRIDE ROTARY MOTOR LIGHT INDICATOR (DISPLACEMENT LOCK)
70 LIGHT INDICATO FOR ROTARY FEED WITH 1 PUMP
72 SELECTOR AUGER CLEANER FPS

4-3
4.1

4-4
5. OPERATION
CAUTION!
All the control levers described in this chapter must be moved gradually from
the 0 position (central-neutral) to the working position (right-left or forward-
backward) and vice-versa; if this is not respected anomalous operations and/or
damages can happen to the machine.
IMPORTANT!
All commands must be transmitted by the operator from the driver seat.
Operations performed in positions other than the designated work position are
strictly prohibited.
CAUTION!
During all the following operations the presence of persons on board the
machine is strictly prohibited.
• The cabin windows must be kept clean inside and out, and the windscreen wipers must
be kept in good working order.
• When environmental/weather conditions require it, the work zone and/or the cabin must
be illuminated. Always keep the external lights and the cabin light in good working
order.
If the operator feels that the lighting of the work zone is insufficient, he may request
additional lights which must be powered by sources that are external to the machine.

5-1
5.1. Operation notes
5.1.1. Drilling with continuous flight auger (CFA)
• The auger must be mounted on the appropriate joint.
ATTENTION!
In setting up the machine it is necessary to check that the weight of the
continuous flight auger does not exceed the limits indicated in the section
covering stability of the equipment and that the electrical limit switch for the
limitation of the working axle base is correctly adjusted for the setup being
used.
It is also necessary to check that the tool does not interfere with parts of the
machine.
• Before placing the tool near the place where the hole will be made, check that the
terrain is level and that it can hold up to the load produced by the equipment. A flat and
properly prepared working area makes using the machine easier and guarantees
safety; it also makes it easier to center the hole with the tool.
ATTENTION!
The most common cause of drilling equipment overturning is the terrain giving
way.
Stop excavating immediately if the terrain gives way, even slightly, (equipment
tilts to one side) during drilling.
• Once the equipment has been brought to the excavation area it is possible to perform
precision positioning through upperstructure slewing and parallelogram movement (if
present.
ATTENTION!
Never exceed the maximum working axle base. Otherwise the stability of the
equipment could be compromised.
ATTENTION!
Once the equipment has been positioned, limit access to the machine's
working area and ensure that any assistants are always visible to the operator.

5-2
• Before starting drilling, check the inclination of the mast and correct it if necessary to
bring the mast into a vertical position (it is possible to use the automatic verticality
device if provided). At this point it is possible to start drilling:
1. Check that the upperstructure slewing control is not in floating mode.
2. Lower the stabilizing foot until it touches the ground (without raising the machine) to
hold up loads caused by drilling.
3. Bring the auger into contact with the terrain and start it turning.
4. Activate the main winch in "floating" mode to allow the advancement of the
rotary/auger; in this way you avoid excessive unwinding of the rope from the drum
and the crossing of the coils of the rope.
ATTENTION!
Avoid that the auger screws into the terrain by stopping the advancement of the
rotary frequently during drilling. In this way the auger, rotating without
advancing, "cuts" the terrain thus bringing it to the surface.
5. Stop drilling when the rotary is about 50 cm from the lower limit of its travel. Turn the
rotary counter-clockwise to free it from the auger and to allow it to travel along the
extension.
6. Raise the head as far as the upper part of the extension and continue drilling until
reaching the required depth.
7. Start injecting the cement and at the same time raise the rotary/auger
8. When the extension is completely out of the hole, turn the rotary slightly in a
counter-clockwise direction, to allow it to travel along the extension, lower the rotary
to the lower limit of the extension; turn it clockwise to attach it to the auger.
9. Continue injecting cement and raising the rotary/auger.
ATTENTION!
During the cement injection phase the auger must be clean so as to avoid that
excavation material falls on the equipment and to avoid that with its weight it
compromises the stability of the equipment.
• The automatic cleaning devices which are available are:

- Rotating cleaner: normally best suited for large-diameter augers. This cleaner
is always connected to the auger and must be controlled in such a way that it
always remains in the lower part of the mast without however interfering with
the lower stops.
- Star-shaped cleaner: normally this cleaner is best suited to cleaning small-
diameter augers. This type of cleaner is inserted (with the appropriate control)
only during the ascent phase of the tool; for efficient cleaning the tool must
continue rotating (in the working direction) during extraction.

5-3
ATTENTION!
The star-shaped cleaner used must be suited to the diameter and
lead of the auger used, consult Casagrande S.p.A. for the choice of
the star-shaped cleaner best suited to the auger used..
10. Once the extraction is completed it is possible to reposition the equipment and start
a new drilling operation.
ATTENTION!
Clean the cement duct, including the auger, after every pile poured or at the end
of the working shift.
5.1.2. Use of the auxiliary winch
ATTENTION!
The auxiliary winch of the equipment must be used to lift accessory equipment
used in the drilling phase. It is absolutely forbidden to use this equipment for
other kinds of lifting operations.
• Respect the usage conditions for the auxiliary winch set forth in the paragraph
"Conditions of stability" so as not to compromise the stability of the equipment.
• Always ensure that the weight of the accessories to be lifted does not exceed the
maximum capacity of the winch (consult the chapter "Technical characteristics").
5.1.3. Use of the crowd winch
ATTENTION!
The crowd winch of the equipment must be used to give downward thrust to the
rotary during the drilling phase. It is absolutely forbidden to use this equipment
for lifting operations.

5-4
5.2. Start - up
CAUTION!
In the event of any fault or malfunction being detected during these procedures,
the operator must request the presence of the maintenance technician.
• Make a thorough walk-around inspection of the machine, checking that there are no
fluid leaks and making certain no parts are missing or damaged. All hydraulic and
mechanical connections must be tight and secure. All guards and safety devices must
be correctly in place.
• Check the levels of hydraulic oil, engine oil and coolants.

• Adjust the seat so that all manual and/or pedal controls can be operated with maximum
comfort and convenience.
A - Regulation of seat back inclination.
B - Regulation of seat height and inclination.
C - Horizontal seat runner (backward-forward) with respect to side controls.
D - Regulation according to weight of person.
E - Horizontal seat runner (backward-forward) with lateral controls.
F - The left-hand control console can be raised to ease the entry or exit of the cabin by
applying upward pressure.
5.1
D
E
F

5-5
• Before starting up the machine, make certain:

- that the automatic return mechanism functions correctly on levers 1, 2, 13, 16, 17,
22, 23, 27, 35, 36 selectors 8, 31, 32, 33 and pedals 1, 2, 41.
- that selectors 7, 24, 28, 29, 55 are set at the "0" position (NEUTRAL);
- that the main self-locking emergency pushbutton 14 is in the released position: if
not, reset by rotating clockwise;
- that servo control on/off lever 25 is in the raised position (OFF).
• Insert key 12 in the slot and turn it to position 1, which supplies power to the electrical
system.
• Check the instrument gauges to ensure that the following parameter values are correct:
- Engine coolant temperature;
- Engine oil pressure;
- Fuel level;
- Battery charge level.
• Check that the beacon on the cab is operating.

• Turn key 12 to position 2 and hold it until the engine starts.
• Release key 12 as soon as the engine starts.
IMPORTANT!
Do not operate the starter motor for more than 15 seconds continuously.
• Should the engine fail to start, return key 12 to the "0" position, wait for at least 1
minute to avoid running down the battery, then repeat the sequence.
CAUTION!
Exhaust fumes from diesel engines are noxious.
Always operate the engine in a well ventilated area, and if in an enclosed
environment, make certain that exhaust fumes are ducted to the exterior.
• Once the engine is running, perform full diagnostic check of engine and machine
functions by observing the following indicators and gauges:

5-6
- engine rev counter with hours meter (4); 5.2
- pressure gauges - pumps P1, P2, P3 (6)

- thermal trip indicator (5); A
- alternator indicator (5); B
- coolant max. temperature pilot light (5); C
- engine oil low pressure pilot light (5); D
4
- hydraulic oil min. level pilot light (5); E
- hydraulic oil max. temperature pilot light (5); F
D H
- hydraulic oil filter clogging pilot light (5); G
B G
• Before the machine can be manoeuvred or perform A F

any operations, the engine and the hydraulic oil C E
must be brought up to normal running temperature 5
by running the engine for between 15 and 30
minutes (depending on ambient conditions), so as
to ensure optimal response of the hydraulic components.
• Before operating any machine function or 5.3
hydraulic service, shift the servo controls on/off

lever 40 to the down position (ON).
• It is good policy during normal operation of the machine to keep a check on engine and
machine diagnostic functions so as to forestall alarm conditions (pressure, temperature,
fluid levels, etc.) wherever possible.
• When working in poorly illuminated surroundings, keep the cab interior light switched
on so as to maximize visibility and safety in operation of the controls.

5-7
IMPORTANT!
During the first 400 hours operation it is advisable to keep the engine running
under uniform load conditions, though taking care to avoid overloads, as this
will promote long life and more efficient output: in particular, careful running -in
will reduce the amount of lubricant utilised.
CAUTION!
Having completed the full start procedure, make the machine stable by
extending the tracks to their full width (selector 31) before any manoeuvring,
positioning or travel.

5-8
5.2.1. Adjustment of speed of the diesel engine

5.6a
• The number of rounds of the diesel engine can be adjusted
or controlled in the following ways:
- selector 11 adjusts the number of founds of the engine
- selector 9 makes it possible (if set to the right) to block
the speed at a preset value (about 1500 rpm)
regardless of the position of selector 11.
It can be used in operations that require well defined
speed and power, for example for transport or
movement.
- push buttons 64 and 65 make it possible to set,
operating by impulses, the minimum speed of the
engine between about 800 and 1000 rpm
5.2.2. Reading of malfunction codes of the diesel engine
• The diesel engine can continuously control its operation by means of an electronic
control device. The engine also supplies a diagnosis of any malfunctions, indicating
with a code the causes of the malfunction. This makes it easier to find the malfunction
and to take the necessary maintenance action.
• The codes can be read by the operator using indicator lights 60 and 61 and push
buttons 63, 64, 65, or by Cummins technical assistance through the use of a diagnostic
instrument.
• The codes can be read if the instrument board is on (live current) and even when the
engine is operating (lighting of indicator lights 60 and/or 61).
• When the engine is started, with key 12 turned to position 1 (instrument board on),
indicator lights 59, 60, 61, 62 switch on, and they switch off again in sequence, one at a
time.
• If one or more codes are activated, alarm indicator light (!) 61, or stop engine indicator
light 60 or both, come on, according to the type of code activated.

5-9
5.6a
• To recognize the malfunction code the operator must:
- Stop the engine;
- Turn key 12 to position 1 (instrument board on)
- Press push button 63.
IMPORTANT!
Do not release push button 63 until reading of the
malfunction code is finished.
• At this point, diagnostic indicator lights 60 and 61 emit a

series of flashes. EXAMPLE: If the active code is 244, the
lights flash in this way:
START 61
2 60 60
PAUSE
4 60 60 60 60
PAUSE
4 60 60 60 60
END 61
• Light 61 indicates the start and the end of the display of the code. Light 60 (stop)
indicates, with the number of flashes, each numeral in the code.
• The flashing sequence of the indicator lights continues cyclically as long as button 63 is
pressed down.
To know whether other codes have been activated it is necessary either to press push
button 64 or 65 (always the same one) and identify the new sequence of flashes.
• The reading of codes is finished when, after having pressed either push button 64 or 65
(always the same one), the last code read is the same as the first.
IMPORTANT!
Indicator lights 60 and 61 switch off (automatically) when all the causes that
keep them on have been resolved (see engine malfunction codes tables QSB
and QSC).

5-10
IMPORTANT!
All repair work done directly on the engine or by means of an electronic device
during the warranty period must be performed by Cummins technical
assistance personnel.
Casagrande S.p.a. customer technical assistance is available for any other
information that may be necessary.
5.6a
• Indicator light 62 remains on if the time limit programmed
for maintenance of the diesel engine has been exceeded
(for example oil change, oil filter change, diesel fuel filter
change, etc.).
NOTA: If indicator light 62 does not switch off automatically
after performing the required maintenance, it is necessary to
proceed as follows:
- Stop the motor;
- Turn key 11 to position 1 (instrument panel on);
- Press push button 63;
- Bring selector 8 (accelerator) to the maximum for 3
seconds and then bring it back to the minimum;
- Bring selector 8 to the maximum and then bring it
back to the minimum (twice);
- Bring selector 8 (accelerator) to the maximum for
more than 3 seconds and then bring it back to the
minimum.
At this point indicator light 62 flashes 3 times and then

switches definitively off.
WARNING!
Indicator light 62 (maintenance) must not be forcibly shut off before having
performed all required maintenance operations.

5-11
5.2.3. Engine malfunction codes tables QSB and QSC
• Annexed to this volume you can find the table that shows all the malfunction codes that
can be activated for the two series of engines cited.
• The table shows, with a brief description, the cause that activated the code and its
effect on the operation of the engine.
If a code marked on the table with grey background colour is activated, red indicator
light 60 comes on. The remaining codes make yellow indicator light 61 comes on.
IMPORTANT!
If indicator light 60 comes on (code underline in table), the operator must stop
the motor. The motor must only be restarted after the code has been
deactivated.
QSB/QSC engine malfunction codes

Cause Effect
There may be no consequences, or else
111 Error in control box hardware. the motor may function irregularly or it may
be impossible to start it.
115 Position or speed signal of motor is not Reduction of power in engine (derating) or
detected (pin 17 of engine connector) possible emission of white smoke.
Missing speed and position of motor
121 Position or speed signal of motor is not
backup for main motor speed/position
detected (pin 9 of engine connector)
sensor.
Excessive tension detected of turbo
122 Reduction of power in engine (derating) at
pressure sensor signal (pin 45 of engine
non-supercharging speed.
connector)
Insufficient tension detected of turbo
123 Reduction of power in engine (derating) at
pressure sensor signal (pin 45 of engine
non-supercharging speed.
connector)
The engine remains at idle if the pedal is
131 Excessive tension of accelerator position
released; if the accelerator is pressed the
signal (pin 30 of OEM connector)
engine goes to a preset speed.
The engine remains at idle if the pedal is
132 Insufficient tension detected of accelerator
released; if the accelerator is pressed the
position signal (pin 30 of OEM connector)
engine goes to a preset speed.
Excessive tension detected of remote
133 Engine speed can not be changed with
accelerator position signal (pin 9 of OEM
remote accelerator.
connector)
Insufficient tension detected of remote
134 Engine speed can not be changed with
accelerator position signal (pin 9 of OEM
remote accelerator.
connector)

5-12

Cause Effect
The control box will use a default pressure
135 Excessive tension detected in oil pressure
value. Engine protection for oil pressure is
signal (pin 33 of engine connector)
absent.
The control box will use a default pressure
141 Insufficient tension detected in oil pressure
value. Engine protection for oil pressure is
signal (pin 33 of engine connector)
absent.
Possible reduction in engine power
Oil pressure signal indicates that oil
143 (derating) or shutdown of engine (if
pressure is lower than engine protection
shutdown function has been activated in
minimum limit.
control box programming).
Excessive tension detected in refrigerant Control box will use a default temperature
144 temperature signal (pin 23 of engine value. Engine protection for refrigerant
connector) temperature is absent.
Insufficient tension detected in refrigerant Control box will use a default temperature
145 temperature signal (pin 23 of engine value. Engine protection for refrigerant
connector) temperature is absent.
Refrigerant temperature signal indicates
that minimum engine protection limit has
been reached
Signal frequency detected which is less
147 Engine does not respond to frequency
than calibrated value (pin 4 of engine
variations. Engine runs at idle.
connector).
Signal frequency detected which is greater
148 Engine does not respond to frequency
than calibrated value (pin 4 of engine
variations. Engine runs at idle.
connector).
Refrigerant temperature signal indicates
that maximum engine protection limit has
been reached.
Excessive tension detected of suction Control box will use a default temperature
153 manifold temperature signal (pin 34 of value. Engine protection for suction
engine connector). manifold temperature is absent.
Insufficient tension detected of suction Control box will use a default temperature
154 manifold temperature signal (pin 34 of value. Engine protection for suction
engine connector). manifold temperature is absent.
Suction manifold temperature signal
indicates that temperature exceeds
maximum engine protection temperature.
Air conditioning clutch activation signal
191 It will not be possible to activate air
indicates a short circuit when it is
conditioning.
activated.
211 Specific OEM failure code has occurred. No effect on engine performance.

5-13

Cause Effect
Excessive speed signal indicates that Supply of fuel to injectors is interrupted until
234 maximum allowable speed of engine has engine speed is lower than the maximum
been exceeded. allowable.
235 Refrigerant level indicator indicates that (derating) or shutdown of engine (if
level is low. (pin 37 of engine connector) shutdown function has been activated in
241 No vehicle speed signal received (pins 8 e Engine speed limited to "Maximum speed
18 of OEM connector). without vehicle speed sensor".
Vehicle speed signal is not valid or is not
242 properly indicated (pins 8 and 18 of OEM Engine speed limited to "Maximum speed
connector). Indicates connections or without vehicle speed sensor".
tampering.
Error detected in relay of engine brake
243 enabling circuit (pin 42 of engine Engine brake does not work.
connector).
Error detected in relay of fan clutch
245 Engine control box does not control cooling
enabling circuit (pin 31 of engine
fan. Fan will remain either on or off.
connector).
VP44 pump control module indicates that
261 fuel temperature has exceeded maximum Reduction of power in engine (derating).
temperature limit.
Excessive tension detected of fuel
263 Use of default value for fuel temperature.
temperature signal (pin 35 of engine
Possible power reduction.
connector).
Excessive or insufficient tension detected
of temperature of fuel in VP44 pump
control module.
Insufficient tension detected of fuel
temperature signal (pin 35 of engine
connector).
Insufficient or lack of current detected for
271 front pumping adjustment valve. (pin 21 of
Reduced power or poor performance.
engine connector). Set only during
adjustment valve activation test.
Excessive current detected for front
272 Reduced power or poor performance.
pumping adjustment valve. (pin 21 of
Possible damage to engine control box.
engine connector).
Insufficient or lack of current detected for
273 rear pumping adjustment valve. (pin 15 of
Excessive current detected for front
274 Reduced power or poor performance.
pumping adjustment valve (pin 15 of
Possible damage to engine control box.
engine connector).

5-14

Cause Effect
275 Engine control box has detected a failure
in front pumping element.
Excessive current detected for injection Injection adjustment valve is disengaged
276 adjustment valve (pin 7 of engine and engine does not operate. Possible
connector). damage to engine control box.
277 Engine control box has detected a failure

Reduced power. Engine can not operate.
in injection adjustment valve.
Possible reduction in engine power, engine
278 Error detected in supply pump circuit (pin
shutdown. Engine may run rough or be
11 of engine connector).
difficult to start.
Insufficient or complete absence of current
279 for injection adjustment valve (pin 7 of
Reduced power. Engine can not operate.
281 Engine control box has detected a failure There may be no effect or there may a
in front pumping element. reduction in engine power (derating).
282 Engine control box has detected a failure There may be no effect or there may a
in rear pumping element. reduction in engine power (derating).
Excessive tension detected of position or Control box uses VP44 pump speed signal
283 speed signal of motor (pin 8 of engine as backup. Possible emission of white
connector). smoke and loss of power.
Insufficient tension detected of position or Control box uses VP44 pump speed signal
284 speed signal of motor (pin 8 of engine as backup. Possible emission of white
connector). smoke and loss of power.
287 Electronic control unit of vehicle has

Engine runs only at idle.
detected a failure in accelerator pedal.
288 Electronic control unit of vehicle has Engine speed can not be changed with
detected a failure in remote accelerator. remote accelerator.
297 Excessive tension in OEM pressure signal Default value for OEM pressure. Loss of
OEM (pin 48 of OEM connector). control of OEM pressure.
Insufficient tension detected of OEM
298 Default value for OEM pressure. Loss of
pressure signal (pin 48 of OEM
control of OEM pressure.
connector).
Power supply to internal clock has been
319 Time values in control box will no longer be
interrupted and its settings are no longer
reliable.
valid.
Engine control box has detected an over-
329 Reduction of power in engine. Possible
pumping failure in the Cummins
shutdown of engine.
accumulator pump system.
349 Speed signal of auxiliary apparatus Engine idles. Loss of control of auxiliary
exceeds set limit (pins 8 e 18). apparatus speed.

5-15

Cause Effect
Default value is used for sensors connected
to this power supply. Engine power is
Insufficient power supply tension of engine
352 reduced to non-supercharge speed. Engine
position sensor. (pin 10 of engine
protection is absent for insufficient oil
connector).
pressure, for suction manifold pressure and
for ambient pressure.
361 Excessive current detected for VP44 pump Supply of fuel to injectors is interrupted;
control valve. engine shuts down.
362 Insufficient or lack of tension detected for Loss of engine power. Possible shutdown
VP44 pump control valve. of engine.
363 The VP44 pump controller does not detect

Loss of engine power.
any movement of the fuel control valve.
Detection of invalid output of data transfer
364 Engine operates at steady speed when
of lack of communication between pump
pedal is pressed.
controller and engine control box.
365 Insufficient tension detected in VP44 pump Loss of engine power. Possible shutdown
controller supply circuit. of engine.
Tension of battery which supplies VP44
366 Loss of engine power. Possible shutdown
pump controller is outside range between
of engine.
6 and 24 VDC.
367 Lack of speed/position signal of VP44 Lack of fuel to injectors. Shutdown of
pump. engine.
368 VP44 pump does not run with timing as

Substantial loss of engine power.
requested by control box.
VP44 pump controller does not detect
369 Substantial loss of engine power and
engine position impulses (pin 7 of engine
possible emission of white smoke.
connector).
VP44 pump controller detects constant
If communication between pump controller
tension to minimum selection pin 16
372 and engine control box is interrupted, the
(engine connector) or controller detects
engine operates at a speed slightly above
open or short ground circuit on minimum
idle regardless of accelerator position.
selection pin 16 (engine connector).
Excessive tension detected of VP44 pump
373 Lack of fuel to injectors. Shutdown of
electrostop signal (pin 6 of engine
engine.
connector).
374 VP44 pump controller has revealed an
Loss of power or shutdown of engine.
internal error.
Control box is adjusting fuel dosage and
375 There may be no effect or there may be a
timing values but pump controller does not
loss of engine power.
acquire data.
376 Lack of fuel to injectors. Shutdown of
No calibration of VP44 pump controller.
engine.

5-16

Cause Effect
Pump controller does not switch off even
377 Batteries discharge if machine is left
after having removed starting key form
standing for a long period.
engine control box.
Error detected in relay 1 engagement Pre-heating element cannot be energized
381 circuit of air pre-heating (pin 41 of OEM by control box. Possible emission of white
connector). smoke and difficulty in starting.
Error detected in relay 2 engagement Pre-heating element cannot be energized
382 circuit of air pre-heating (pin 31 of OEM by control box. Possible emission of white
connector). smoke and difficulty in starting.
385 Excessive supply tension detected (pin 10 Sensors connected to this supply do not
of OEM connector). work.
Default value is used for sensors connected
to this power supply. Engine power is
Excessive supply tension detected of
386 reduced to non-supercharge speed. Engine
engine position sensor (pin 10 of engine
protection is absent for insufficient oil
connector).
pressure, for suction manifold pressure and
for ambient pressure.
Excessive supply tension detected of Engine will continue to idle when pedal is
387 accelerator position sensor (pin 10 of released; engine will maintain a steady
engine connector). speed when accelerator is pressed.
Error detected in engagement circuit of
391 There may be no effect on engine
VP44 pump power supply relay (pin 43 of
performance. The engine may not function.
engine connector).
Reduction of speed and shutdown of
415 Oil pressure signal indicates that pressure
engine (if shutdown function has been
is below engine protection lower limit.
activated in control box programming).
418 "Water in fuel" sensor indicates that it is Excessive quantities of water in fuel may
necessary to purge filter. seriously damage injection system.
Tension detected simultaneously high and
422 low refrigerant level pins 27 and 37
Low refrigerant level protection is absent.
(engine connector), or no tension is
detected on either pin.
Insufficient tension detected of "water in
429 fuel" sensor signal (pin 40 of OEM Water in fuel protection is absent.
connector).
Idle validation signals indicate that tension
431 No effect on engine performance. Idle
has been simultaneously on both pins 25
signal absent.
and 26 (OEM connector) (open circuit).
Idle validation signal on pin 26 indicates
that accelerator is at minimum while signal
432 on pin 30 indicates that accelerator is not Engine only runs at idle.
at minimum and vice-versa. (OEM
connector).

5-17

Cause Effect
Turbo pressure signal indicates that
Possible excessive dosage of fuel during
433 pressure is high while other parameters
acceleration. Increased emission of black
(e.g. speed and charge) indicate that the
smoke.
pressure should be insufficient.
Power supply of control box has gone
below 6 Vdc for a fraction of a second or No noticeable loss of power. Possible
434 power box was not able to shut down shutdown or difficulty in starting engine.
correctly (maintain power supply to battery Error, maintenance and time information
for at least 30 seconds after shutting down may not be accurate.
engine).
Power supply tension to control box of less
441 Possible shutdown or irregular operation of
than 6 Vdc detected (pins 38, 39 and 40 of
engine.
engine connector).
Power supply tension of control box

442 detected higher than system limit value. No effect on engine performance.
(pins 38, 39 and 40 of engine connector).
Insufficient power supply tension detected Engine will continue to idle when pedal is
443 of pedal position sensor. (pin 29 of OEM released; engine will maintain a steady
connector). speed when accelerator is pressed.
444 Insufficient power supply tension (pin 10 of Sensors connected to this supply do not
OEM connector). work.
Fuel pressure signal indicates that fuel Fuel pumping stops and starts again only
449 pressure has exceeded maximum limit when pressure drops to normal values.
established for type of engine installed. Possible damage to supply pump.

451 pressure sensor signal (pin 46 of engine Reduced power and performance.
connector).

452 pressure sensor signal (pin 46 of engine Reduced power and performance.
connector).
Suction manifold temperature signal
indicates temperature above minimum
limit of engine protection.
Auxiliary device speed signal exceeds
489 Loss of control of auxiliary apparatus
engine control box threshold (pins 8 e 18
speed.
of OEM connector).
Excessive supply tension detected of
515 refrigerant level sensor (pin 49 of engine Refrigerant level engine protection absent.
connector).
Insufficient supply tension detected of
516 refrigerant level sensor (pin 49 of engine Refrigerant level engine protection absent.
connector).

5-18

Cause Effect
VP44 pump controller detects a fuel
517 dosage valve which is mechanically Possible shutdown of engine.
blocked.
An error for the "High Speed Governor
524 The operator cannot use the H.S.G.Droop
Droop" selection switch has been
alternatives. Standard droop is used.
detected.
An error in Dual Output Driver "A" circuit
527 The apparatus controlled by Dual Output
has been detected (pin 5 of OEM
Driver "A" will not operate correctly.
connector).
Operator will not be able to select
528 An error has been identified for selection
alternative torque curves. Normal curve will
of torque curve (pin 39 of OEM connector).
be used.
An error in Dual Output Driver "B" circuit
529 The apparatus controlled by Dual Output
has been detected (pin 21 of OEM
Driver "B" will not operate correctly.
connector).
539 Interrupted circuit of injection control valve Reduced power. Possible damage to
(pin 6 of engine connector). engine control box.
Idle validation signals indicate that no
551 tension has been detected simultaneously Engine remains at idle.
on both pins 25 and 26 of OEM connector.
In specific calibration for customer in dual
599 output option, the need to shut down the
Engine shutdown.
engine was discovered, based on sensor
measurements or OEM signals.
Control box has discovered that engine is
611 shutting down for protection or has been No effect.
shut down under load.
768 Error detected in transmission modulation

It is not possible to control transmission.
signal (pin 21 of OEM connector).

5-19
5.3. Travel
IMPORTANT!
Make certain of full compliance with all directions given in VOL. 1 SAFETY
INFORMATION relative to manoeuvring the machine.
NOTE: 5.5
The movement of the tracks is blocked if the two

rear stabilisers are not completely retracted (raised).
• To ensure safety, press pushbutton 17.2 to

immobilize the upperstructure and check that
indicator 19 is effectively illuminated.
• When operating with mast tilt and gradient
conditions near to the permissible limit, or on
uneven ground, the mechanical upperstructure
lock should also be engaged.
1 LEFT TRACK MOTOR PEDAL / LEVER

Lever with automatic return to Position 0
Pos. 0 Neutral
Pos. 1 Forward
Pos. 2 Reverse
2 RIGHT TRACK MOTOR PEDAL / LEVER

Lever with automatic return to Position 0
Pos. 0 Neutral
Pos. 1 Forward
Pos. 2 Reverse
NOTE:
Before beginning any operation, ensure that both regulator 37 and 38 have been
completely rotated to the same position ( towards the + symbol).

5-20
Forward drive 5.6

Shift pedals/levers 1 and 2
simultaneously to position 1.
Reverse drive
Shift pedals/levers 1 and 2
simultaneously to position 2.
Stop
Release pedals/levers 1 and 2
simultaneously. The levers/pedals
automatically recentre to position 0.
Pivot on the spot (LH)

Shift pedal/lever 1 to position 2 and
pedal 2 to position 1 simultaneously.
Pivot on the spot (RH)

Shift pedal/lever 1 to position 1 and
pedal 2 to position 2 simultaneously.
Steer left with one track

Shift pedal/lever 2 to position 1.
Steer right with one track

Shift pedal/lever 1 to position 1.
• The speed of rotation of the tracks is proportional:

- to the travel of the pedals in either direction (from 0 to 1 or from 0 to 2);
- and/or to the engine rpm.
CAUTION!
The tracks movement function is always active (by moving the levers or pedals)
when the on/off servocontrol lever is lowered.
• Selector 11 is used to throttle the engine between maximum and minimum rpm and
maintain it at a selected speed of rotation.
• Pressing emergency button 14 stops the diesel engine immediately irrespective of its
speed, without affecting the machine diagnostic and check functions.
IMPORTANT!
Before commencing any manoeuvre, or indeed in any potentially dangerous
situation, the operator must sound the horn 20 to warn persons in the
immediate vicinity of the machine.

5-21
5.4. Positioning
CAUTION!
Do not attempt to position the mast without first making certain that the tracks
are extended to their full width.
IMPORTANT!
Ensure there are no obstructions located within the operating compass of the
machine: typically, overhead electrical lines or underground pipelines.
• Any decision on restricting access to the work area is the responsibility of the site
foreman, who must assess the degree of hazard according to the different positions
assumed by the mast when normal working, manoeuvring or erecting operations are in
progress.
5.4.1. Mast positioning
IMPORTANT!
This paragraph describes the mast lowering controls and their functions. To
carry out the operating sequence safely and correctly, please consult chapter 7
of this volume.
CAUTION!
Before effecting mast raising/lowering operations, the rear stabilisers must be
resting securely on the ground.
35 REAR RH STABILIZER CONTROL LEVER 5.7
Lever with automatic return to central position

Central pos. Neutral
Forward pos. Lowering
Backward pos. Raising

Forward pos. Lowering
Backward pos. Raising

5-22
Raising / Lowering (without electronic device)
27 MAST PRE-RAISING LEVER 5.10

Forward pos. Mast pre-raising
Backward pos. Mast lowering completion
• The operations to be performed with lever 27 are

possible if the raising cylinders are placed in the by-pass
position by depressing knob 26 (light 56 on).
Normal operating conditions are restored by depressing
knob 25.
• Turn the selector 24 towards the right (L+R) thereby

enabling lever 22 for the synchronised functioning of the
cylinders for mast raising/lowering.
• Check that pilot light 21 remains on because this

condition is the only one which allows the
synchronisation of the two cylinders.
22 MAST LOWERING/RAISING LEVER

Forward pos. Raising (tilt towards the forward)
Backward pos. Lowering (tilt towards the
backward)
• If pilot light 21 should turn off, this would mean that the
mast no longer respects the verticality limit conditions; lever 22 becomes automatically
inoperative.
- turn selector 24 to the left, enabling levers 22 and 23 independently;
- move lever 22 and 23 to forward position or backward position until pilot light 21
turns on again;
- repeat the above operations until the required position is achieved.

5-23
Mast verticality adjustment (without electronic device)
5.10
• Turn selector 24 to the left, thus enabling levers 22 and
23 independently
22 LEFT VERTICALITY CYLINDER CONTROL LEVER

Central position Neutral
Forward pos. Tilt towards the right
Backward pos. Tilt towards the left
23 RIGHT VERTICALITY CYLINDER CONTROL

LEVER
Forward pos. Tilt towards the left
Backward pos. Tilt towards the right
NOTE:
The side tilt of the mast is limited by two Rh and Lh limit
switches/angular sensors and, subsequently, by mechanical
stops. If one of the two limit switches turns on, the lever
which is carrying out the manoeuvres will become
inoperative.
NOTE:
Automatic tilt governors and/or control devices may be
supplied upon request.

5-24
5.4.2. Upperstructure slew
IMPORTANT!
Before generating any movement of the upperstructure, make certain:
- that the tracks are spread to their maximum extension width;
- that the mechanical device locking the upperstructure to the undercarriage
has been released;
- that work has been terminated and that the equipment is no longer
connected to the pile casing;
- that there are no obstructions in the path of the upperstructure (through
360°) and the associated equipment) fitted with its equipment;
- that the mast heel is fully elevated (if on issue).
5.9
• In order to slew the upperstructure correctly and in
safety the following instructions must be followed:
- the rear stabilisers must be completely raised;
- with the continuous flight auger mounted and the
vertical mast at 90° or inclined up to 65° (light 18
off) it is possible to slew the upperstructure
keeping the mast foot inside the tracks;
- with the continuous flight auger mounted and the
vertical mast inclined between 65° and 63° (light
18 on) it is possible to slew the upperstructure
360°.
CAUTION!
With the continuous flight auger mounted and the
mast inclined at less than 63° (light 18 off) it is
prohibited to slew the upperstructure.
CAUTION!
The upperstructure must never be slewed during
manoeuvring operations or when the machine is
on a gradient.

5-25
5.9
• In these situations, press pushbutton 17.2 (indicator 19 on)
to immobilize the upperstructure, and where appropriate,
the upperstructure lock should also be engaged to secure
the upperstructure mechanically to the undercarriage.
• There are two control options for activation of the

upperstructure slew drive by the operator.
These are: “manual" and “float".
Upperstructure slew in manual mode

• The 19 pilot light must be off.
• Shift joystick 17 to the left or right to slew the
upperstructure right or left.
17 UPPERSTRUCTURE SLEWING CONTROL JOYSTICK
Left pos. Left slew
Right pos. Right slew
NOTE
In this operating situation, joystick 17 can be used to release
the brakes automatically and simutaneously activate the
upperstructure slewing motors.
Upperstructure slew in float mode

• The pilot light 19 must be off.
• Press button 17.1 situated on the joystick (17) and keep it pressed all the time
necessary.
In this condition the upperstructure is free to be slued, no matter what position the
joystick is in.
NOTE
This facility can be used advantageously, for example, to align the upperstructure with the
hoist axis when picking up a load (and then inhibit slewing), so that the weight will not sway
hazardously when lifted off the ground.
• The slewing speed of the upperstructure varies from 0 to a maximum speed (see Par. 2
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS) depending on the various positions of joystick 17 in
the passage from the Central position to the left or right position and vice versa, and/or
on the number of revolutions of the diesel engine.

5-26
5.4.3. Stabilizing the machine
• To make the machine stable and safe for the type of equipment installed and the type
of work to be performed, three steps are required:
- extension of tracks to full width;
- rear stabilization of the machine (mast raising – lowering);
- stabilization of mast (mast foot) for CFA arrangement or pile arrangement with
crowd winch.
• The three steps in question are carried out at particular and specific moments in the
context of the various operations performed on and by the machine.
CAUTION!
Do not position the upperstructure or move the mast or accessories with the
mast in a vertical position until the crawlers have been set at maximum track
width.
To perform this operation, move the crawler, allowing an easy extension of the
tracks.
• The tracks must be extended to their full width immediately after unloading the machine
from the transport vehicle.
• The rear stabilization of the machine must be carried out before any mast raising or
lowering operation.
• The mast is stabilized after both it and the upperstructure have been positioned, in
readiness for normal working operations, and in particular before commencing
extraction (continuous flight auger CFA – P.D. winch pile arrangement).
IMPORTANT!
Before any of the stabilization functions are activated, the operator and
assistant must make certain visually and/or vocally that there are no objects or
persons stationed near the machine.

5-27
Extending and retracting the crawler tracks
• Position the machine on firm ground, preferably concrete or macadam, so as to reduce

the friction between the tracks and the surface to a minimum during extension.
• Position selector 31 to the left or right.
31 CRAWLER TRACK GAUGE CONTROL SELECTOR 5.11
Selector with automatic return to central position.

Right pos. Lateral extension of crawler tracks
Left pos. Lateral retracting of crawler tracks
NOTE
The extend facility is also used when removing the track from the undercarriage.
The retract facility is also used when fitting the track to the undercarriage.
Rear stabilization of the machine
CAUTION!
The use of the stabilisers is obligatory during the raising / lowering of the mast.
Otherwise the structure of the machine will be damage and its stability will be
compromise.
• Make certain that the ground on which the foot descends is flat and firm.
35 REAR RH STABILIZER CONTROL LEVER 5.7

Backward pos. Raising of the stabilizer
Forward pos. Lowering of the stabilizer

Backward pos. Raising of the stabilizer
Forward pos. Lowering of the stabilizer

5-28
Stabilizing the mast
CAUTION!
It is compulsory the use of the mast foot during the extraction phase (CFA
arrangement or pile arrangement with crowd winch).
Otherwise the structure of the machine will be damaged and its stability
jeopardized.
• Make certain that the ground onto which the foot descends is flat and firm.
16 MAST FOOT CONTROL LEVER 5.12

Backward pos. Raising of the mast stabilizer
Forward pos. Lowering of the mast stabilizer
CAUTION!
Never attempt to slew the upperstructure or roll the tracks unless the mast
stabilizer has been fully raised.
There is no device designed to prevent these movements automatically.
IMPORTANT!
Hold lever 16 only until the stabilizer foot makes contact with the ground,
without elevating the machine.
NOTE
In oder to slew the upperstructure by 360° without interfering with the tracks when using the
mast stabiliser is necessary to tilt the mast between 65° and 63°, pilot light 18 on.
NOTE
The rear stabilizers, when lowered, prevent the slewing of the upperstructure and the
movement of the tracks.

5-29
5.5. Working
IMPORTANT!
Before commencing any kind of work, the operator must make absolutely
certain that both the machine and the work area are in compliance with the
pertinent safety regulations (VOL.1 SAFETY INFORMATION).
If any fault or malfunction is noticed during the work that could signal a likely
hazard, the operator must depress the main emergency button 14 to prevent
operation of the machine.
5.5.1. Winch
• There are two winches:

- REAR (main) winch for supporting the tool while boring or extraction is in
progress; it operates in the controlled and floating mode. The latter consists in the
insertion of a by-pass in the hydraulic circuit of the winch to keep the rope loose
during boring
CAUTION!
The by-pass can only be used when the load (tool) is resting on a support, thus
allowing the rope to unwind without damaging itself.
It is absolutely prohibited to use it in the free-fall mode.
CAUTION!
It is compulsory the use of the mast foot during the extraction phase.
Otherwise the structure of the machine will be damaged and its stability
jeopardized.
IMPORTANT!
Pulling angles are not permitted for the main winch (only pulling in axes).
Maximum pulling angles of 5° are permitted for the auxiliary winch.
- FRONT (auxiliary) winch, generally utilised for hoisting accessories and

equipment for the boring operation; it operates in the controlled mode.

5-30
5.13
• Use selector 7 to select one of the two winches.
7 MAIN WINCH / AUXILIARY WINCH SELECTOR

Selector with manual return to 0 position
Pos. 0 No winch selected
Pos. I Front winch
Pos. II Rear winch
Controlled mode (front and rear winches)
• The winch is controlled by means of joystick 13.
13 WINCH CONTROL JOYSTICK (REAR/FRONT)

Forward pos. DOWN
Central pos. NEUTRAL
Backward pos. UP
• The operation of both winches is inhibited beyond the upward travel limits by the
respective hook-mounted stops (downward travel limits on request).
NOTE
The ascent or descent speed of the winches can be varied using regulators 37 and 38
(regulation of pump capacity)

5-31
Floating mode (rear winch)
FLOATING MODE SELECTION 5.14
• Move the selector 7 to position II.

• Pedal 41 must be coupled.
• Place selector 12 to position 1 (RX automatic mode).
This operation will light up warning light 8.
FLOATING MODE ACTIVATION

• Pedal 41 must be coupled.
• Press pushbutton 13.8 to enable activation of float
mode.
• In this mode the selected winch can still be controlled
by the joystick 13 as if it were in the controlled mode.
• Unhook pedal 41 and move it to position1 to obtain
float/free-fall selection of winch.
8 FLOATING OR CONTROLLED WINCH KEY

SELECTOR
Key-operated selector switch with automatic return
to Position 0.
Pos. 0 Neutral
Pos. 1 Float mode selection (automatic return)
41 WINCH FLOATING MODE ACTIVATION PEDAL 5.20
Pos. 1 FLOAT MODE

Pos. 2 CONTROLLED MODE 1
IMPORTANT !
When pushing pedal 41 to position 2, the rear winch
will return to the controlled mode. To switch again to
floating mode, push the button 13.8 and release pedal
2
41 (position 1).

5-32
IMPORTANT!
Float mode can be cancelled by turning the selector 7 in 0 position.
IMPORTANT!
Once the float mode has been started, joystick 13 is no longer enabled.
IMPORTANT !
Once the floating mode has been selected, the control of the rear winch is
managed exclusively through pedal 41. Use this selection only when
necessary.
WARNING !
The by-pass (floating mode) can only be used when the load (tool) is resting on
a support, thus allowing the rope to unwind without damaging itself.
It is absolutely prohibited to use it in the free-fall mode

5-33
Travel limit by-passes
5.8
• The upper travel limit of the winches can be by-passed when
necessary during bar assembly operations by means of key
selector 33.
The operator must pay caution to ensure that the winch does
not interfere with the jib.
30 SAFETY LIMIT SWITCH BY-PASS KEY (WINCH LIFTING)

Key selector with two stable positions.
Lh Pos. Limit switch ON
Rh Pos. Limit switch OFF indicated by warning light 58
turning on and by an alarm sounding 57.
IMPORTANT!
Selector 30, apart from bypassing the upper limit of the
winches, allows the unwinding of the crowd winch cable
(if installed).

5-34
5.5.2. Crowd system (option)
• The movement of the rotary and of the tool along the mast is controlled by the rear
winch, the operation of which is described in the last paragraph.
• To obtain more pressure on the tool during drilling, a crowd winch may be installed.
IMPORTANT!
Ensure that the crowd automatism selector, installed on the electrical board, is
in the ON position.
17 CROWD CONTROL JOYSTICK 5.17

Forward pos. Thrust (winding of the rope)
Backward pos. Unwinding of the rope
• The forward position of knob 17 (pressure) is usable

only if the rear winch is in the floating position (indicator
light 8 on – pedal 41 depressed).
• The backward position (cable winding) of knob 17 is
usable only if selector 30 is in the right-hand position.
This function is used during the assembly /
disassembly of the system or of the winch cable.
30 CROWD WINCH ROPE UNWINDING KEY 5.16
Key selector with two stable positions

Left pos. Unwind of the rope not allowed.
Right pos. Allowing of the rope winding (signaled by an
alarm sounding).

5-35
IMPORTANT!
As well as allowing the unwindig of the crowd winch rope, the key selector 30
also by-passes the upper limit of the winches.
• During the phase of rotary ascent along the mast (rear winch ascent) the pull – down is
automatically placed in bypass which allows the cable to unwind.
• When rotary rotation, descent or rear winch cable floating are inserted, the winch crowd
is automatically placed under tension in order to recover the corresponding cable.
5.5.3. Rotary and accessories
• Working or discharge rotation of the rotary head is activated by means of joystick 13.
13 ROTARY HEAD CONTROL JOYSTICK 5.18
Lever with automatic return to central

position
Left pos. Working rotation
Right pos. Reverse rotation (discharge
and unjamming)
• There is a series of push-buttons on the

joystick which the operator can use to choose
various rotary speeds during operation and/or
the locking of the displacement of the rotary motor.
13.2 ROTARY MAX SPEED PUSHBUTTON (PILOT LIGHT 66 ON)
13.3 ROTARY AVERAGE SPEED PUSHBUTTON (PILOT LIGHT 67 ON)
13.4 ROTARY MINIMUM SPEED PUSHBUTTON (PILOT LIGHT 68 ON)
NOTE
The chosen setting can be substituted by a new selection or cancelled when the machine is
shut down. It should be kept in mind that when the machine is started up the default
position is maximum rotary speed (minimum torque).

5-36
13.1 ROTARY SECOND GEAR CUT OUT PUSHBUTTON (ROTATION WITH ONE
PUMP) (PILOT LIGHT 70 ON)
13.5 ROTARY HEAD MOTORS OVERRIDE PUSHBUTTON (DISPLACEMENT LOCK)

(PILOT LIGHT 69 ON).
13.6 ROTARY SPEED HOLDING PUSHBUTTON
NOTE
When the machine is started up, the push buttons will be found in the same position they
were in when the machine was shut down.
NOTE
With regulators 37 and 38 it is possible to obtain variations in the rotary rotation speed,
regardless of the above mentioned selections, without causing torque variations.
Centering device
33 CENTERING DEVICE CONTROL SELECTOR 5.19
Selector with automatic return to central position

Left pos. Opens the centering device
Right pos. Closes the centering device
• The machine can be fitted with a portable control board for

the control of the centring device; in this case selector 33 is
de-activated.
5.15
• Push-buttons 43-44 control the opening – closing of the
centring device and , as with selector 33, they must be kept
in position until the desired operation has been completed.

5-37
AUGER CLEANER - CASAGRANDE
WARNING!
During the cement injection phase the auger must be clean so as to avoid
excavated material falling on the equipment and to avoid the weight of the
excavated material compromising the stability of the equipment with its weight.
• Activate tha auger clenaning control (place selector 72 to the left).

• The auger cleaner lifting/lowering controls are located on joystick 17.
17.3 AUGER CLEANER PUSH- BUTTON 5.21
LIFTING/DISCONNECTION
17.4 AUGER CLEANER PUSH-BUTTON

LOWERING/CONNECTION
The pushbutton must remain pressed until the operation

is completed.
5.21.1

5-38
AUGER CLEANER FPS (OPTION)
WARNING!
During the cement injection phase the auger must be clean so as to avoid
excavated material falling on the equipment and to avoid the weight of the
excavated material compromising the stability of the equipment with its weight.
• Activate tha auger clenaning control (place selector 72 to the right).

• The auger cleaner lifting/lowering controls are located on joystick 17.
17.3 AUGER CLEANER PUSH- BUTTON 5.21.2
LIFTING/DISCONNECTION
17.4 AUGER CLEANER PUSH-BUTTON

LOWERING/CONNECTION
17.5 COUNTER-CLOCKWISE PUSH-BUTTON

ROTATION OF BRUSH
17.6 CLOCKWISE PUSH-BUTTON ROTATION OF

BRUSH
The pushbutton must remain pressed until the operation

is completed.
5.21.1

5-39
5.5.4. Auxiliary services
Vibrator
34 VIBRATOR CONTROL SELECTOR 5.22
Selector with manual return to 0 position

Pos. 0 Not activated
Pos. 1 Activated
32 VIBRATOR CLAMPS CONTROL SELECTOR

Selector with automatic return to central position.
Pos. 0 Neutral
Left pos. Clamps open
Right pos. Clamps close
Hold the selector on position Lh or Rh until the required operation has been
accomplished.
Equipment assembly / disassembly
• In order to facilitate all of the following operations, the machine is equipped with a
control board that has three-position selectors which return automatically to the centre
position, therefore they must be kept in position until the desired operation has been
completed.
CAUTION!
All operations possible with control board 50 must be carried out with extreme
caution, ensuring that there are not persons or objects in the operating area of
the moving parts both in the assembly and disassembly phase.

5-40
51 JIB ROTATION CYLINDER SELECTOR 5.24

With the mast in horizontal position, from the
operating to the transport position and
viceversa.
52 MAST BENDING CYLINDER SELECTOR
With the mast in horizontal position after having
placed the jib in transport position and having
freed the restraint on the mast hinge.
53 MAST LOCKING/UNLOCKING CYLINDER
SELECTOR
With the mast in horizontal position they allow
the rotation of that part of the mast which is
above the corresponding hinge.
54 COUNTERWEIGHT MOUNTING CYLINDER

SELECTOR (if on issue).
Sensor set-up
• The machine is equipped with a series of sensors for the handling and control of the
inclination and of the raising / lowering of the mast.
With control board 45 it is possible to set the above mentioned sensors.
46 PUSHBUTTON PANEL ON/OFF SELECTOR 5.25
47 X AXIS SENSOR SET-UP PUSHBUTTON

48 Y AXIS SENSOR SET-UP PUSHBUTTON
49 PRE-RAISING CYLINDERS SENSOR SET-
UP PUSHBUTTON

5-41
5.5.5. Machine automatic lubricator pump
5.26
• The lubrication pump (installed on request) may
supply some of the lubricators which are present
on the machine. The pump is automatically
activated for five minutes after each hour of
machine operation.
• Luminous push button 71 in the cab makes it
possible to check the lubrication pump:
- if the light is on at all times, the cycle is
operating normally;
- the light flashes slowly to indicate that the
grease is running out;
- the light flashes rapidly to indicate a malfunction in the lubrication circuit due to
obstructions, breakage, etc..
- press the button to reset the cycle and start a new cycle (5 minutes of lubrication
followed by an hour in stand-by).
IMPORTANT!
The pump starts working when ignition key 12 is in position 1. To de-activate
the lubrication pump during machine set-up or maintenance, it is necessary to
lower the magneto-thermal switch (reference Q502 in the electrical diagram) in
the electrical board (indicator light 71 in the cab is off).
5.27
• If indicator light 71 indicates a malfunction in the
lubrication circuit, proceed as follows:
1) identify progressive distributor A (installed on
the mast support pantograph or near the
pump) and check whether one of the over-
pressure indicators has cut in (raised). The
activation of one of indicators B can be
caused by obstructions in distributor A or in
the group supply circuits (following figure).

5-42
5.28
234
1 – Ring gear group B

Pile or CFA 2 – Rotary group
arrangement 3 – Parallelogram group
4 – Jib and mast group
1
2) disassemble and clean the section of distributor A that is affected by the
malfunction;
3) disassemble in sequence the lubrication circuit connections identified by the over-
pressure indicator and check that lubricant is flowing out correctly;
4) reset over-pressure indicators B by lifting the lever and pressing the corresponding
push button.
• If none of the indicators B has been activated, it means that there is a leak somewhere
in the circuit. Therefore, check all supply circuits 1-2-3-4 to identify the trouble.
For further information, consult the enclosed manual.

5-43
5.6. Stopping the machine
IMPORTANT!
Before stopping the machine, make certain that all levers or selectors not
recentred automatically are in the "0" position (neutral).
• Before stopping the engine, the operator must make certain that the machine is in a
stable position; to avoid risks attributable to suspended loads or high winds, the mast
must be brought to rest at the ground at the front and all suspended loads dropped to
the lowest possible position.
• The engine must not normally be stopped by depressing the emergency buttons, but
utilizing the correct procedure, namely:
- position throttle selector 11 on the left hand symbol to bring engine speed down to
a low idle, verifying the rpm by means of dial 4;
- turn the key-operated selector switch 12 to the "0" position;
- on control panel 5 check that all indicators, alarms and instruments are off.
NOTE
It is recommended that after prolonged operation under full load conditions, the engine
should be allowed to continue idling for a few minutes so that the temperature can stabilize
before shutting off. For more detailed information, consult the engine user manual annexed
to the present manual.
IMPORTANT!
In the event of the engine being switched off in error before having decelerated
to idling speed with the electric panel connected, the relative selector must be
set to ensure the minimum engine speed before starting again.
• When leaving the machine unattended occasionally or at the end of a shift, the operator
must always remove and retain posession of the ignition key, however brief the
absence; when work is finished, the key must be handed over to the site manager or
foreman, or left in a designated location.
IMPORTANT!
In the event of conditions arising that may place the operator or other persons
in danger, the normal stopping procedure must be ignored and the emergency
pushbutton 14 depressed immediately.

5-44
5.7. Measurement and/or automatic monitoring of tilt

(inclinometer) - depth and load
AUTOMATIC VERTICALITY DEVICE V1
Description
• The device is made up of a bi-axial sensor inclinometer by a cross-monitor (x and y

axes) and all the necessary interconnecting cables. The sensor in mounted on the mast
in a protected area.
Each axis of the cross consist of 10 LEDs whose full scale reading will represent either
5% or 1% inclination (this depends on the position of the switch located at the bottom of
the casing).
Accuracy of the instrument is approx 0,1%.
Technical data
• INCLINOMETER 5.39
Fees 10V-30V DC
Absortion approx. 250 mA
Range ± 5%
Signal voltage 0-10 V
Reset stability ± 3 min. of arc at 20° C
Working temperature -20° / +65°
Protection IP 65
Weight 1500gr.
• MONITOR 5.40
Feed 10V-30V DC
Resolution 0,1 % per led
Signal voltage 0-10V
Working temperature -20° / +65°
Protection IP 65
Weight 1000gr.

5-45
Assembly
• Place the mast in a vertical position using a level or another instrument.

• Weld the inclinometer support plate at a suitable position on the kelly support , or on
the mast in a protected position.
• Mount the monitor in the cabin and secure it with its bracket.
• Make the interconnections between the inclinometer and monitor.
• Connect the monitor feed cable to the electric circuit of the machine
• We recommend the use of a 2A fuses to protect the feed.
Setting
• Secure the inclinometer to its support plate and point the arrow FWD (forward) towards
the front of the machine.
• Adjust the inclinometer's position with the srews so that the LED display lights up only
the central diode.
• Fix the inclinometer in the position with the appropriate lock nuts.
• Incline the mast at different angles and check that one or more of the LEDs light up
according to the imposed inclination. Check that the crosses on the monitor screen light
up in correspondence with the direction of movement of the tip of cutting tool or grab.
NOTE:
The full scale reading of the instrument (10 LEDs on each of four sections) is calibrated for
an inclination of ± 5% on each axis.
An inclination of 5% corresponds to 2.9°.
If the instrument is set for a 5% full scale reading then each LED corresponds to 0.5%
inclination.
If the instrument is set for a 1% full scale reading then each LED corresponds to 0.1%
inclination.

5-46
DEPTH MEASURING DEVICE V2
5.41
• 1 - Press buttons "0" and "A/M", simultaneously
for few seconds to obtain calibration mode. The
display will show "AnF".The "AUTO" led (first
from the left) wil light up.
• 2 - Place the tip of the tool on the ground at zero
level and press button "0" The display will show
"End".
The led corresponding to the left arrow (second
from the left) will light up.
• 3 - Place the tip of the tool at a known depth (for
example 10 mt) and press button "0". The led
corresponding to the right arrow (third from the
left) will light up.
• 4 - The display will show a number corresponding

to the number of impulses read during the 10 mt
stroke. By pressing the buttons "©ª" set the
number 10.00 (10 mt). The comma is positioned
automatically as the number is set. To confirm
the selection, press button "0" .
The display will show "Profondita" (depth) and
the led "OFF' (fourth from the left) will light up.
To move the decimal point during depth reading,
use buttons "©ª"
N.B. The instrument can be calibrated for any

depth provided the above sequence is
followed (in particular point 4).

5-47
AUTOMATIC VERTICALITY DEVICE V3
Description
• The V3 automatic verticality device is capable of performing the following tasks one at a
time:
+ Automatic verticality search
+ Signalling the deviation from the vertical position.
+ Automatic moving of a structure (MAST) from a horizontal position to a vertical
position and vice versa.
+ Measuring the unwinding or winding length of a winch rope, to measure the
excavation depth.
• The operating functions are individually controlled, after being selected with self-holding
push buttons. Peripheral sensors give continuous reports on the parameters to be
checked, transmitting analog signals to a central unit.
An angle measurement unit measures the angular position with electrolytic sensors.
An angular deviation measurement unit checks the axial position of a mast in relation to
the support structure during the mast lowering and raising operations. Finally, a depth
measurement unit measures the length of a rope by means of two inductive sensors.
The angle of deviation from the vertical and the length of the rope, which normally
corresponds to a certain excavation depth, can be read on two high-intensity led bar
displays and one numerical display.
"Tilt" measurement unit
• Consists of a sealed, impact-resistant casing, containing two electrolytic sensors which

measure the mast inclination.
The casing is attached with four adjustable screws, on a support that is fitted to the
mast where the verticality check is to be made. The adjustable mounting makes it
possible to calibrate the sensors when the mast is levelled.
Angular deviation measurement unit
• Consists of a sealed, impact-resistant casing, containing a rotary sensor and an

electronic signal processing card, and a series of mechanisms for coupling the signal to
the mast rotation wheel.
During the mast raising and lowering operations, the potentiometer checks that the
mast moves without any sideways listing.

5-48
Depth measurement unit
• Consists of two inductive sensors fitted next to the pulley on which a tool support rope
runs. The length of the rope measures the excavation depth.
Central unit with display (CPU)
• Consists of a sealed casing containing the hardware and software for managing all the
V3 functions. The casing is mounted in the digger cab for protection against knocks,
atmospheric agents and pollution.
• The unit is hinged on a support with the possibility of adjusting the reading position.
Two electronic cards are installed, one containing the logic and the microprocessor
(CPU), and the other one linked to the control panel leds and buttons.
V3 technical data
• Rated supply voltage: 24 V DC

Electrical input: approx 1500 mA
Tilt scale: 1% and 3%
Tilt 1% ± 0,57 °
Tilt 3% ± 1,7 °
Tilt resolution 1% 0.038°
Tilt resolution 3% 0.115°
Depth tilt resolution (øp = 461 mm – Disk read 30 holes)
Maximum depth 100 m
Operating temperature -20°C ÷ 70°C
Protection class IP 65
Panel dimensions 300x200x180 mm
Panel weight 4 kg
Safeguards
• The tilt sensors and rotary sensor containers must be in a metal casing to guard
against impact and external stresses. Even though sealed containers are used, the
electrical and electronic components must be protected against the formation of
condensation. The electronic cards must be resin-coated and the electrical connections
must be insulated against moisture with a silicone coating, or a similar coating material,
to guarantee their efficient operation over time.

5-49
Rotary sensor
• The rotation sensor measures the angular deviation in the "raising" and "lowering"
operations and is mechanically connected to the mast rotation wheel.
Operation
• A) Control panel
1) "Start" button: ON/OFF
2) Tilt display
3) Tilt scale selector: 1% o 3%
4) Automatic verticality
5) Automatic mast raising
6) Automatic mast lowering
7) Rope lines selector
8) Depth display
9) Depth reset.
5.37
7
2
1 3 4 5

5-50
• B) Description of operation
1) "Start" button: ON/OFF
Enables the display of the parameters to be checked or selected and the set-up of
the procedures by means of push buttons. The ON selection is signalled by the
lighting up of a red led. When OFF is selected the display is disabled, whereas the
CPU stays on, so that the depth can still be measured and stored without being
displayed.
2) Tilt display
The cross display has two axes, X and Y, with high- intensity led bars, divided into
three concentric circles around the origin of the axes. Each half-axis has 15 leds,
with the circumferences positioned at 5-led intervals. The display lights refer to the
point of the mast. Therefore, the leds light up on a certain half-axis when the point
has deviated in that direction.
3) Tilt scale selector

For selecting the 1% or 3% scale. When the display is switched on, the 3% scale is
selected automatically. The scale selection is indicated by the lighting up of the red
led next to the selected percentage scale.
4) Automatic verticality
The "verticality" button is used to switch on the "automatic verticality" procedure.
When the procedure is switched on, the word "POS" appears on the depth indicator,
and when the vertical position is reached (green led lit), "POS" disappears and is
replaced by the measured depth reading (five figures).
The only way to stop the procedure is by pressing the ON/OFF button, i.e. switching
off the display. Remember that switching off the display does not cancel the
recorded data, and nor does it switch off the CPU or the depth measurement
function: this can only be done by cutting off the power supply with the diesel engine
starter key, which will delete all the recorded data and totally cut off the unit. The
automatic verticality procedure, therefore, after it has been enabled, can be stopped
at any time with the ON/OFF button and reset with the verticality button, after
pressing the ON/OFF button again.
5) Automatic mast raising

Press this button to enable the automatic raising of the mast. Press the button again
to stop the raising at the current position. Before starting the "raising" operation, put
the mast in the horizontal position at a height higher than the cab, using the mast
support raising cylinders. The raising function enabling is signalled by the display of
the mast listing angle in relation to the upperstructure axis, shown on the depth
display. If there is no listing in the movement, a zero value will be displayed with the
indication of the angle degrees. During the raising maneuver, the axial position of
the mast in relation to the upperstructure is controlled by the rotary sensor, which
acts on the tilt cylinders via the oil- hydraulic distributors to correct any deviations.
When the mast reaches the automatic verticality range of action, a limit switch
enables switching over to the other procedure.

5-51
The reading on the depth display changes from "angle degrees" to "POS". When the
vertical position is reached, the procedure is cut out and the display shows either the
recorded depth reading or a "zero" reading on all 5 figures.
If, at the start of the raising operation, the position of the mast deviates considerably
from the upperstructure longitudinal axis, the mast will be taken to the coaxial
position before starting the raising maneuver.
6) Automatic mast lowering

Just as in the raising maneuver, press the button to enable the function, and press
again to stop. The procedure starts up individually and is signalled by the deviation
angle reading on the depth display. In this maneuver, there is no switch-over to the
verticality procedure, and consensus for the start of the lowering maneuver is given
by the rotary sensor, which checks the coaxial alignment with the upperstructure,
and by the lowering limit switch. If the mast is already in the horizontal position, the
procedure will not be enabled. Before starting the "lowering" maneuver, raise up the
mast with the raising cylinders on the support, so that the mast goes to a horizontal
position above the cab. Then lower it above the upperstructure, by the operation of
the mast support cylinders.
7) Rope lines selector

This button is used to select the number of "parallel lengths" of ropes (lines)
supporting the excavation tool guide bar. When the correct selection is made, the
signal from the inductive sensors can be processed to give the actual excavation
depth in relation different rope lengths.
8) Depth display
This 5-figure display, 3 whole numbers and 2 decimals, gives the excavation depth
reading measured on the length of the tool support rope. Two measurement
methods can be used: either moving "down" or "up", i.e. in or out of the excavation.
The "down" measurement means setting the instrument on the level of the start of
the excavation, and then going down without stopping until it rests on the bottom,
reading the depth and then moving up again until the reading goes back to zero.
The "up" measurement means resetting the instrument with the tool resting on the
bottom, and then coming up to the start level of the hole and reading the depth.
Move back down into the excavation until the reading goes to zero, when the tool is
at the bottom. When one of the options is selected, the other one is cut out, and so
no reading will be obtained if the measurement is made with the unselected method.
The selection can be made in the electrical panel in the upperstructure, by switching
over the electrical cables carrying the signals transmitted by the inductive sensors.
9) Depth reset
Resets the depth reading to initiate the measuring procedure from any reference
point.

5-52
V3 CALIBRATION AND PROGRAMMING
INCLINATION MEASURING DEVICE
• The inclination measuring device is capable of measuring angles comprised between -5

and +5 degrees on both the X and the Y axes. It is interfaced with the control gearcase
by means of two electric current outputs calibrated in the following way:
4 mA → -5 degrees
12 mA → 0 degrees
20 mA → +5 degrees
• The gearcase display is calibrated for a range of +/-2 degrees; the corresponding
current values are:
8.8 mA → -2 degrees
12.0 mA → 0 degrees
15.2 mA → +2 degrees
• The correspondence between the input current in the differential control gearcase
amplifier and its output voltage is the following:
15.2 mA → 5.000 V → 255 ADC steps

12.0 mA → 3.947 V → 201 ADC steps
8.8 mA → 2.895 V → 147 ADC steps
The solution of the measurement is 2/54 = 0.037 degrees/ ADC step.
• CONVENTIONS with MAST end pointing DOWNWARDS:

to the LEFT , X NEGATIVE error; LEFT branch of the cross display is illuminated.
towards the CAB, Y NEGATIVE error; LOWER branch of the cross display is
illuminated.

5-53
ANGLE INDICATOR UNIT SPECIFICATIONS:
• The angle indicator consists in an angular transducer assembled at the centre of the
slewing ring.
Connection between the fixed and mobile part is effected by means of a series of
elastic joints to compensate play .
It is calculated that at 4 metres from the slewing unit a movement of 5 cm. creates an
angular deviation of 0.8 degrees which are easily detected by the device.
Interfacing with the control unit is realised with an output in electric current calibrated in
the following way:
4 mA → -2 degrees → 1 V → 51 ADC steps

12 mA → 0 degrees → 3V → 153 ADC steps
20 mA → +2 degrees → 5V → 255 ADC steps
The solution of the measurements is 2/102 = 0.020 degrees/ ADC step
• CONVENTIONS for the MAST TOOL end:

End pointing DOWNWARDS, TOOL side on the RIGHT, POSITIVE error.
ANGLE INDICATOR ELECTRONIC CARD CALIBRATION:
• The zero and rotary sensor data is usually indicated on the transducer data plate.
The card must be calibrated in compliance with the data indicated on the sensor data
plate. The following procedure is carried out with the hypothesised data plate values
indicated hereunder:
Zero degree voltage → 5,015 V

Delta V → 497,7 m V/ degree
• with a full scale reading of +/-2 degrees the following voltage values are obtained:
-2 degree → 4,023 V
0 degree → 5,015 V
+2 degree → 6,000 V

5-54
PRELIMINARY CHECK:
1) Feed the card between pin 1 and 4 of X2 with a voltage of 24 V d.c.

Act on trimmer R5 until a voltage of 100.00 V is obtained on pin 1 of X1, TP3.
2) Check that there is a voltage of 16 V on pin 4 of N3.
3) Check that there is a voltage of approx. -8V on pin 11 of N3
CARD CALIBRATION:
1) Set a voltage of 5.015 V between pin 3 and 4 and act on R9 until zero volts are
obtained on pin 14 of N2 (TP2).
2) Insert a millammeter between pins 2 and 3 of X2 and act on R18 until an output current
of 12.00 mA is obtained.
3) Set a voltage of 4.023 V between pin 3 and 4 of X1 and act on R11 until an output
current of 4.00 mA is obtained.
4) Set a voltage of 6.000 V between pin 3 and 4 of X1 and check for a 20.00 mA current
on the millammeter.
INCILINATION MEASURING DEVICE DISPLAY PERFORMANCES
• The display is in the shape of a cross formed by 4 bars made up of 15 led each.
The full scale reading can be selected between 1% and 3% and indicates the
movement in metres of the lower end of the MAST at a depth of 100 metres.
• The 3% scale corresponds to a range equal to +/- 1.719 degrees; the solution for a led
is:
1.719/15 = 0.1146 degrees/led
• With a 1% scale, the range is of +/- 0.573 degrees. The following solution is thus
obtained:
0.573/15 = 0.0382 degrees/led
• The controller converts the signal from the inclination measuring device by means of an
8 bit converter:
-2 degrees angle → ADC value = 147
0 degrees angle → ADC value = 201
+2 degrees angle → ADC value = 255

5-55
• We can deduce that a 2 degree variation produces a variation of 54 ADC steps; the
following solution is thus obtained:
2/54 = 0.037 degrees/steps
HOW TO PROGRAMME THE INSTRUMENT
• The programming keyboard is made up of 10 numerical keys, one ENTER key, one
CLEAR key and four operating keys; A,B,C,D.
By means of the keyboard it is possible to introduce the OFFSET value for the
components, for ZERO setting of the X,Y, axis and for the angular transducer. It is also
possible to introduce the conversion factor in millimetres to measure the depth.
5.38
1 2 3 A
4 5 6 B
7 8 9 C
#
* 0 D
CLEAR ENTER
ZERO CALIBRATION OF X and Y AXES
• The purpose of this operation is to mechanically position the inclination measuring

device container on the MAST.
Before setting the instrument to zero, the MAST must be in a perfectly vertical position
which must be checked with a precision spirit level.
To enter the PROGRAMMING MODE, simply press the ENTER "#" key; the display will
show a set of dashes instead of the depth measurement. In this mode, the cross
display will show the uncorrected value measured by the transducers. By pressing key
A, the display will show the value in degrees measured on the X axis:
A n.nn

5-56
• In order to correctly set the zero value, the instrument must be positioned mechanically
in such a way as to obtain an angle less than +/- 0.2 degrees.
Once the axis has been brought to zero mechanically , the new OFFSET data must be
confirmed by pressing the ENTER "#" key. The display lights up to indicate that the
data has been memorised.
The same procedure must be followed to set the Y axis to zero, but instead of pressing
key B, key A must be pressed.
If you should want to stop the OFFSET calibration procedure at any time, simply press
the CLEAR "*" key.
ZERO CALIBRATION OF ANGULAR SENSOR

• To set the angular sensor to zero, simply press key "C" after having entered the
programming mode. The rest of the procedure is identical to the one described for the
X and Y axis.
SET OF DEPTH CONVERSION FACTORS

• Go into the PROGRAMMING mode by pressing the ENTER "#" key. By pressing the D
key, D-,-- appears on the display. The system allows 4 different multiplication factors to
be selected; to select the desired line number, simply choose one of keys 1,2,3 or 4.
Once the code of the lines to be modified has been selected, it is sufficient to introduce
the value in millimetres corresponding to an encoder depth measurement impulse.
Programming can be stopped at any time by pressing the CLEAR "*" key.
MAST GOVERNING ALGORITHMS

• By RIGHT PISTON, we mean the one on the right-hand side of the operator in the cab.
The system is set to operate with the pistons hooked to the MAST above its fulcrum.
THRUST is achieved by feeding the valve with a voltage higher than half of the battery
voltage.
PULL is obtained by feeding the valves with a voltage lower than half of the battery
voltage.
The valve feed voltage variation is obtained by modifying a PWM output signal from the
micro-switch. To increase the valve feed voltage for the software, decrease the PWM
value.

5-57
PWM can vary from a minimum of 0 to a maximum of 200:

PWM = 0 → valve voltage = VBAT
PWM = 100 → valve voltage = VBAT/2
PWM = 200 → valve voltage = 0
When they are inoperative the valves are fed with a voltage = VBAT/2
MAST RAISING PROCEDURE
• The mast raising procedure is started by pressing the appropriate key and stops when
the MAST_Up micro-switch is open. If the micro-switch is open, the procedure cannot
be started.
If the MAST position error is less than +/-0.2 degrees from the centre of the cab, the
valves are fed in the THRUST mode with the same voltage value equal to 68.5% of
VBAT.
If the error is greater than +/-0.2 degrees, the valves are unbalanced in the following
way:
Valve with greater thrust = (68,5 + 3)% VBAT

Valve with greater thrust = (68,5 - 3)% VBAT
• If the error is positive, the LEFT cylinder must be pushed more than the RIGHT cylinder
and vice-versa if the error is negative.
To prevent abrupt starts, the feed voltage to the valves is not immediately modified but
follows a gradient equal to 5% VBAT/second.
At the end of the mast raising operation, after a waiting time of 5 seconds, the MAST
VERTICALITY DEVICE comes into operation automatically.
MAST LOWERING PROCEDURE
• The mast lowering procedure is started by pressing the appropriate key, and stops
when the MAST_DOWN micro-switch is opened. If the micro-switch is already open,
the command is ignored.
If the MAST positioning error is less than +/-0,2 degrees from the cab centre, the valves
are fed in the PULL mode, with the same voltage value equal to 29% of VBAT.
If the error exceeds +/-0,2 degrees, the valves are unbalanced in the following way:
Valves with greater pull = (29 - 3)% VBAT

Valves with greater pull = (29 + 3)% VBAT

5-58
• If the error is positive, the RIGHT cylinder must be pulled more than the LEFT cylinder
and vice-versa if the error is negative.
The valve feed voltage variation is effected with the same gradient as for mast raising.
MAST VERTICALISATION PROCEDURE
• Vertical positioning of the mast is effected by alternatively correcting the X and Y axes.
It is accomplished when both the axes fall within the +/- 0.074 degrees which
correspond with +/-2 ADC steps.
The correction of one axis starts 3 seconds after having finished controlling the other
axis.
Once the procedure has been terminated the GREEN led lights up at the centre if the
error is inferior to +/-0,22 degrees equal to +/-6 ADC steps.
CORRECTION OF THE X AXIS
• Valve feed voltage variations are calculated using the following formula:
Delta V = [ ERROR (ADC step ) / ATT ] + K
Valve voltage = ( 50 +/- Delta V ) % VBAT
ERROR = Absolute value of the position error expressed in steps_ADC and

restricted to 100
ATT = Correction attenuation factor, depending on the dial the MAST is located
in.
ATT = 6 with Y positive error (thrust)
ATT = 2 with Y negative error (pull)
K = Continuous ANTI-STALL
Initial value K K = 7% VBAT
Maximum value K = 10% VBAT

5-59
• With an X POSITIVE and a Y POSITIVE error:

The LEFT valve is fed in the THRUST mode with a voltage equal to : (50 + Delta V) %
VBAT
The RIGHT valve remains inoperative.
The opposite occurs with an X NEGATIVE and Y POSITIVE error.
• With an X POSITIVE and Y NEGATIVE error:

The RIGHT valve is fed in the PULL mode with a voltage equal to: (50 - Delta V) %
VBAT.
The LEFT valve remains inoperative.
The opposite occurs with an X NEGATIVE and Y NEGATIVE error.
• To prevent STALL, caused by insufficient valve feed to ensure movement, check that
there has been a movement of at least 0.047 degrees (2 ADC steps) every 2 seconds
during the vertical positioning procedure. If not, increase K to its maximum value.
CORRECTION OF THE Y AXIS
• To correct the Y axis, the valve feed voltage is calculated with the same formula used
for the X axis. Constant ATT will have the following values:
ATT = 6 in the THRUST mode (POSITIVE error)
ATT = 3 in the PULL mode (NEGATIVE error)
• The two valves are fed with the same voltage both in the THRUST and in the PULL
mode. The ANTI-STALL control is operative also during correction of the Y axis.

5-60
CONNECTION OF CONTROL UNIT
• KEYBOARD connector: Amphenol 14+PE series C16-3

From panel with female contacts: C016-10G014-000-1
Female contacts: box of 100 pieces VN-02-015-0005
Mobile cable with male contacts: C016-10H014-002-1 or C016-10I014-002-1
Male contacts: box of 100 pieces VN-01-015-0005
Cap for panel connector: C016-00V000-020-1
1 n.c.
2 n.c.
3 n.c.
4 n.c.
5 n.c.
6 Line 1 X9 pin 1
7 Line 2 X9 pin 2
8 Line 3 X9 pin 3
9 Line 4 X9 pin 4
10 Column 1 X9 pin 5
14 n.c.
PE n.c.
• SIGNAL connector: Amphenol 17+PE series C16-3

From a panel with male contacts: C016-10C017-000-1
Male contacts: box of 100 pieces VN-01-015-0005
Mobile cable with female contacts: C016-10D017-002-1 or C016-10E017-002-1
Female contacts: box of 100 pieces VN-02-015-0005
1 Feed + 24 V X1-1
2 Earth feed X1-3
3 Prox. Encoder channel A X3-2
4 Prox. Encoder channel B X3-5
5 MAST UP proximity sensor X4-2
6 MAST DOWN proximity sensor X4-5
7 Positive X axis X7-2
8 Negative X axis X7-3
9 Positive Y axis X7-4
10 Negative Y axis X7-5
11 Positive rotary X8-2
12 Negative rotary X8-3
13 RIGHT piston manual control input X6-5
14 RIGHT piston control output X6-6
15 LEFT piston manual control input X6-3
16 LEFT piston control ouput X6-4
17 Distributors feed output pin X6-1, X6-2
18 Feed =24 V X1-1
PE n.c.

5-61
• SERIAL connector: Amphenol 3+PE series C16-1 1

From panel with male contacts: T-3110-000
Mobile cable with female contacts: T-3109-001
Cap for panel connector: T-6482-000
1 Serial Rx X5-1
2 Serial Tx X5-2
3 Common X5-3
PE n.c.
INCLINATION MEASURING UNIT CONNECTION
• SIGNALS connector: Amphenol 6+PE series C16-1

1 Feed +24V
2 Positive X axis
3 Negative X axis
4 Positive Y axis
5 Negative Y axis
6 Earth PE
PE n.c.
ROTARY UNIT CONNECTION
• SIGNALS connector: Amphenol 3+PE series C16-1

1 Feed + 24 V X2-1
2 Positive signal X2-2
3 Negative signal X2-3
PE Earth X2-4

5-62
CONTROL UNIT SIGNALS CONNECTION CABLE WIRE COLOURS
• Connector Amphenol 17+PE series C16-3

Mobile cable with female contacts: C016-10D017-002-1 or C016-10E017-002-1
CABLE 1 wire 1... wire 12

1 BROWN Feed + 24V
2 RED Earth feed
3 ORANGE Encoder channel A proximity switch
4 YELLOW Encoder channel B proximity switch
5 GREEN MAST UP proximity sensor
6 BLUE MAST DOWN proximity sensor
7 VIOLET Positive X axis
8 GREY Negative X axis
9 WHITE Positive Y axis
10 BLACK Negative Y axis
11 PINK Positive rotary
12 LIGHT BLUE Negative rotary
CABLE 2 wire 13 ..wire 17

1 BROWN Input for MANUAL control of RIGHT piston
2 RED Output for RIGHT piston control
3 ORANGE Input for MANUAL control of LEFT piston
4 YELLOW Output for LEFT piston control
5 GREEN VALVE DISTRIBUTOR FEED output

5-63
6. MAINTENANCE
6.1. Foreword
Before carrying out any maintenance work, the operator must:

- Stop the engine.
- Remove the ignition key.
- Place a notice to the effect MAINTENANCE IN PROGRESS - DO NOT START, on the
mobile control panel.
- Raise lever 40 to release pressure from the servo control circuit.
• When performing maintenance operations on parts or components of the machine
where there are elastic parts (e.g. springs) which may create an accumulation of
potential energy, it is necessary to take measures for its isolation or dissipation (also
see Vol. 2).
• Whenever servicing operations require the maintenance technician to work under the
upperstructure hood, the mast must be positioned completely vertical.
• The maintenance technician cannot carry out any work on the machine until sufficient
time has been allowed for the natural cooling of parts exposed to high temperatures.
IMPORTANT!
In certain circumstances the maintenance technician may need to evaluate
manoeuvres or perform troubleshooting with the engine running and parts of
the machine in movement, or even while drilling operations are in progress.
• In such cases clear instructions must be given to ensure that :

a) the operator at the machine controls and the maintenance technician are able to see
each other in order to facilitate clear signalling;
b) the operator can respond to instructions given by the maintenance technician;
c) before any machine parts are set into motion, the maintenance technician is protected
in a safe area and approaches moving parts only when certain that his instructions
have been received and perfectly understood by the operator.
d) there is adequate illumination during maintenance work.
• When topping up, always use oil with identical characteristics (see chap. 2). If no
similar product is available, change the oil completely.
IMPORTANT !
Use suitable gloves when carrying out maintenance on the machine.

6-1
6.2. Routine machine maintenance
MAINTENANCE CHECK LIST page
A OCCASIONAL MAINTENANCE .................................................................... 6-5

A1 Close inspection of wire ropes ................................................................................. 6-5
A2 Refuelling and cleaning fuel tank ............................................................................. 6-5
B EVERY 10 HOURS......................................................................................... 6-7

B1 General inspection of the machine........................................................................... 6-7
B2 Wire rope check....................................................................................................... 6-7
B3 Air cleaner filter check.............................................................................................. 6-8
B4 Engine oil level check .............................................................................................. 6-8
B5 Hydraulic oil level check........................................................................................... 6-9
B6 Engine coolant check............................................................................................. 6-10
B7 Indicator lights, instrument and safety limit switch check........................................ 6-10
B8 Other checks on diesel engine............................................................................... 6-11
C EVERY 50 HOURS....................................................................................... 6-12

C1 Greasing ................................................................................................................ 6-12
C2 Wire rope maintenance.......................................................................................... 6-13
C3 Upperstructure slewing, brake and reduction gear oil level check .......................... 6-13
C4 Crawler track oil level check................................................................................... 6-14
C5 First hydraulic oil filter replacement ( ) ................................................................. 6-14
C6 Hydraulic oil heat exchanger / engine coolant ........................................................ 6-15
C7 Rear winch reduction gear oil level control............................................................. 6-16
C8 Crowd and front winch reduction gear oil level control ( ) ..................................... 6-17
D EVERY 100 HOURS..................................................................................... 6-18

D1 Tightness check on nuts and bolts ......................................................................... 6-18
D2 Battery check ......................................................................................................... 6-18
D3 Lubrication of exposed gears, upperstructure slewing ring..................................... 6-19

6-2
E EVERY 250 HOURS..................................................................................... 6-19

E1 Engine oil and filter change.................................................................................... 6-19
E2 Drive belts check ................................................................................................... 6-19
E3 Crawler track reduction gear first oil change ( ).................................................... 6-20
E4 Upperstructure reduction gear first oil change ( ) ................................................. 6-21
E5 Crawler track tension check ................................................................................... 6-22
E6 Hydraulic oil filter replacement ( ) ......................................................................... 6-22
E7 Rear winch reduction gear First oil change ( )...................................................... 6-23
E8 Crowd and front winch reduction gear first oil change ( ) ...................................... 6-24
E9 General inspection of the machine......................................................................... 6-25
F EVERY 500 HOURS..................................................................................... 6-27

F1 Replace of the cartridges and fuel prefilter cleaning............................................... 6-27
F2 Other checks on diesel engine............................................................................... 6-27
G EVERY 1000 HOURS................................................................................... 6-28

G1 Other checks on diesel engine............................................................................... 6-28
G2 Accumulators maintenance.................................................................................... 6-28
H EVERY 2000 HOURS................................................................................... 6-29

H1 Replacing the dry air filter element......................................................................... 6-29
H2 Crawler track reduction gear oil change ................................................................. 6-29
H3 Upperstructure reduction gear oil change .............................................................. 6-29
H4 Inspection of crawler track components for wear ................................................... 6-29
H5 Hydraulic oil change............................................................................................... 6-31
H6 Engine coolant change .......................................................................................... 6-32
H7 Rear winch reduction gear oil change .................................................................... 6-32
H8 Crowd and front winch reduction gear oil change ( )............................................. 6-32
( ) These operations are to be carried out once only.

( ) These operations are to be carried out once only, or whenever the part is replaced.
( ) Filters are provided with an indicator (diagnostic panel 5) that shows when the
element is clogged.
The replacement interval indicated is a guideline only.
(*) First carry out the maintenance operations indicated at the preceding intervals.
( ) If equipped.

6-3

6-4
A OCCASIONAL MAINTENANCE
A1 CLOSE INSPECTION OF WIRE ROPES
• The rope must be inspected after incidents that could have caused damage and
whenever the wire rope has been returned to service following disassembly.
• Whenever the lifting equipment has remained idle for prolonged periods of time, wire
ropes must be carefully inspected before use.
A2 REFUELLING AND CLEANING FUEL TANK
• Open the access door A and correctly position 6.1
the suction hose, keep the lighted button B

operating the Diesel filling pump and that is
located on the electrical connection cabinet D
pressed until the tank is full. Pump operation
stops automatically and button B switches off. If
necessary, the pump can be halted at any
moment pressing button C.
6.2
• In the event of a fault at the diesel fuel filler
pump, the tank can be filled directly using plug A,
opening door B.
• Before refuelling, clean the plug and fit a strainer

if not already supplied.
NOTE
In the event that the tank needs to be emptied,
remove plug C beneath the tank.

6-5
• If the machine is operated in ambient temperatures lower than 0° C, use a fuel

designed specifically to prevent paraffin precipitation which can cause problems with
the engine.
To facilitate starting, pour in between 6 ÷ 9 litres of regular grade petrol (not high
octane) (2 ÷ 3% of tank capacity), then fill up with diesel.
CAUTION!
Do not invert the filling sequence: (petrol first, then diesel!) Do not smoke
during this operation.
• Do not overfill the tank. Risk of fuel spillage.

• Empty the fuel tank periodically by removing the plug C (Fig. 6.2), so as to flush out
sludge and condensation.
IMPORTANT !
The disposal of contaminated diesel fuel is regulated by environmental
legislation.

6-6
B EVERY 10 HOURS
B1 GENERAL INSPECTION OF THE MACHINE
• Check the condition and functional efficiency of the following components:

- hoses, fittings, hydraulic seals (reduction gears, hydraulic cylinders, pumps,
directional control valves, etc.)
- nuts, bolts and guards;
- drilling equipment fitted on mast;
- the general state of wear of mast hinge points and wire rope return pulleys.
B2 WIRE ROPE CHECK
• All visible parts of the rope must be inspected daily to detect general deterioration and
deformation.
Pay special attention to points at which the rope is attached to the equipment.
• Any perceptible or suspected variation in the condition of the rope must be officially
noted and followed up with a check on the condition of the rope by a qualified person.
• Periodic inspections must be carried out by qualified personnel.
To determine the frequency of these inspections, consider the following:
- current legal requirements in the country of use relating to the application;
- the type of equipment and the ambient conditions on site;
- the classification category of the equipment;
- the results of previous inspections;
- the time for which the rope has been in service.
• The decision to renew ropes must be based on the number and position of broken
wires, the degree of overall wear and the presence and extent of corrosion. The rope
must also be renewed:
- when the overall diameter is 10% less than the diameter as new, at any point
along the length of the rope.
- when a strand is completely broken, or damaged in such a way as to reduce the
effective section by 40% at any point.
- when the rope shows signs of damage through impact, twisting, or permanent
deformation caused by mechanical stress, e.g. if the rope has been passed over
sharp edges.
- if the rope core is visible, even at one point only.
- when one or more strands are slack and protruding, even though the rope is taut.
• For more information on inspection and replacement criteria for wire ropes, refer to
UNI-ISO 4309

6-7
B3 AIR CLEANER FILTER CHECK
• To gain access to the air cleaner A, open the 6.3
doors B as shown in figure.
• Check and, if necessary, clean the filter. Check

the filter cartridge by the clog indicator C (if
equipped). If necessary clean it blowing out the
filter cartridge in direction of fold, in accordance
with the instructions in the engine handbook
relative to the type of filter installed.
B4 ENGINE OIL LEVEL CHECK
• Wait a few minutes after stopping the engine 6.4
before checking the oil level. Open the door A to

gain access to the engine compartment (see
figure) .
• When the dipstick B has two similar level marks,

the oil level should be at the upper mark (not
exceeding). If necessary, top up the oil by way of
filler C. (see figure)
CAUTION!
All parts of the engine compartment can reach very high temperatures.

6-8
B5 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL CHECK
• Check the hydraulic oil level only with the engine at standstill.
• Open the door A; with the mast in vertical position, the oil level has to cover the min.
level indicator A.
• If necessary, open the door D to top up the oil by way of filler C.If the level is checked
with the mast in different position than the vertical (mast raise cylinders fully retracted),
the oil must cover the indicator B completely.
6.5
CAUTION!
The hydraulic oil tank and its contents can reach high temperatures. The tank
may also be pressurized. If necessary, loosen the filler cap slightly to release
internal pressure completely.

6-9
B6 ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
6.6
• Open the door A (see figure).
• Remove the plug and check that the header tank

is at least 3/4 full. If not, top up with liquid
composed of 50% water and 50% antifreeze with
corrosion inhibitor (Par. 2).
CAUTION!
The header tank, the radiator and the liquid contained in them may reach high
temperatures. Pressure can also accumulate in the header tank: if necessary,
loosen the filler cap slightly to ensure that internal pressure is released
completely.
B7 INDICATOR LIGHTS, INSTRUMENT AND SAFETY LIMIT SWITCH CHECK
• Check the operation and condition of the following parts :

- indicator lights;
- emergency stop buttons;
- acoustic warning devices;
- beacon;
- rev counter, hour meter, indicators (fuel level, oil pressure and engine coolant
temperature gauges);
- pressure gauges;
- inclinometers;
- any other additional or special instruments (automatic mast verticalization
instrument).

6-10
• Check the operation and the integrity of the following safety limit switches/sensors.
- on the jib for winch ropes
- on the mast movement group for the pre-raising and control of inclination.
IMPORTANT !
Any malfunctions must be rectified as soon as they are discovered, otherwise
the safety of the machine operator and of the machine may be at risk.
B8 OTHER CHECKS ON DIESEL ENGINE
• Check the cooling fan.

• Check the driving belt.
• Check the fuel-water separator.

• Inspect the cooling plant.
• Look for fuel, water or oil leaks.
• For procedures and detail information on these operations please refer to the annexed
engine manual.

6-11
C EVERY 50 HOURS
C1 GREASING
CAUTION!
Before greasing move the equipment concerned as close as possible to the
ground. Use the most suitable means to reach the grease nipples and always
use safety harnesses.
• Clean the grease nipples before injecting grease.

• For grease nipples marked inject at a pressure of at least 4-5 bar until grease is
forced out.
• For grease nipples marked inject grease at a minimum pressure of 4÷5 bar,
alternating each shot with a movement of the component in question to facilitate proper
distribution.
MAIN GREASE NIPPLES
a Mast support group

b Mast foot unit
c Crowd winch rope pulley
d Rear winch
e Jib pulleys
h Rope transmission pulley group and mast hinge
i Tracks positioning cylinders group
l Upperstructure slew bearing group
m Centering device and/or auger cleaner
NOTE
Kindly remember that all the grease nipples are either marked with a red circle or coloured
in red.

6-12
C2 WIRE ROPE MAINTENANCE
• Wire rope maintenance must be effected in accordance with the particular lifting
equipment, the application, the environment and the type of rope utilized.
• Unless otherwise specified by the lifting equipment or rope manufacturer, the rope must
be clean and, if possible, protected by a light brushing of oil or grease, paying particular
attention to the sections of rope flexed around pulleys.
• The type of lubricant used must be compatible with the original lubricants adopted by
Casagrande S.p.A. or the rope manufacturer.
• The lifetime of the rope diminishes if maintenance is not performed correctly, especially
when the machine is working in a corrosive environment or in other special
circumstances when normal lubrication services are impossible.
• Lubricant is applied by immersion, brushing or spraying.
C3 UPPERSTRUCTURE SLEWING, BRAKE AND REDUCTION GEAR OIL LEVEL

CHECK
• Open the door A located behind the cabin.
• Clean around plug B.

• Remove plug B with its dipstick and check that the level is contained between the min.
and max. mark . Top up if necessary.
6.7
CAUTION!
The reduction gear case, brake housing and the oil inside can reach high
temperatures

6-13
C4 CRAWLER TRACK OIL LEVEL CHECK
• Position the machine so that one of the two plugs 6.8
on the reduction gear case lies in a horizontal

B
plane and the other in a vertical plane (see
figure).
A
• Clean the area around plugs A and B
• Unscrew plug A and make sure that oil emerges.
• If no oil flows out, top up through plug B.
CAUTION!
The crawler reduction gear case and the oil inside can reach high temperatures.
C5 FIRST HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT ( )
• Open the door A on the cowling (see figure). 6.9
• Clean the area around the filters B.
CAUTION!
The hydraulic oil reservoir can reach high temperatures and may be
pressurized.
Before replacing filter cartridges loosen the filler plug slightly to release
internal pressure.

6-14
6.10
• Remove screws 1, washers 2 and cover 3
1-2
• Withdraw filter cartridge 4 ensuring that residual 3
oil is drained completely. 6
• Fit the new cartridge with springs 5
• Fit cover 3 by means of screw 1 and washers 2,

checking the correct installation of the seal. 6;
replace if damaged.
4 5
IMPORTANT !
The disposal of used filter cartridges is regulated by specific environmental
legislation.
C6 HYDRAULIC OIL HEAT EXCHANGER / ENGINE COOLANT
• Inspect the radiator cores A, and if necessary 6.11
remove dust and debris by blasting with

compressed air.
• Check that there are no leaks from the fittings

which connect the radiator cores and pipelines,
and the fittings between the cores A themselves.

6-15
C7 REAR WINCH REDUCTION GEAR OIL LEVEL CONTROL
• Remove plug B and check for oil. If necessary top up through plug A.
CAUTION!
The reduction gear and the oil contained in it can reach high temperatures.
6.12

6-16
C8 CROWD AND FRONT WINCH REDUCTION GEAR OIL LEVEL CONTROL ( )
• Operate the winch so as to move plugs in correspondence with holes A and B.
• Remove plug from hole B and check for oil. If necessary top up through the plug of hole
A.
CAUTION!
6.13

6-17
D EVERY 100 HOURS

D1 TIGHTNESS CHECK ON NUTS AND BOLTS
• Check the tightening torque of nuts and bolts subject to high stresses:
- slewing ring couplings
- track shoe bolts
- crawler drive and slewing ring reduction gear
- winch drum mountings
- diesel engine mountings
• If necessary, torque fasteners to the value shown in the relative paragraph of chapter 2,
using a torque wrench.
D2 BATTERY CHECK
• To gain access to the battery, it is necessary to 6.14
open the door A.
• Check that the battery is clean, giving particular

attention to the elettric wire terminals; protect the
terminals by smearing with vaseline.
• Check the level of the electrolyte and top up with

distilled water if necessary.
• Check the charge level on pannel 3 (Chap. 4)

and recharge if necessary.
NOTE
It is recommended that the specific gravity of the electrolyte be checked periodically: a
value of between 1220 g/l and 1290 g/l gives optimum battery efficiency.
When changing the battery, be certain to procure a replacement with the same technical
specifications.
CAUTION!
When servicing the battery, protect hands from the electrolyte by wearing
suitable gloves. Do not smoke when working on the battery.

6-18
D3 LUBRICATION OF EXPOSED GEARS, UPPERSTRUCTURE SLEWING RING
• Access for the teeth lubrication is provided at the 6.15
opening beneath the upperstructure frame.
• Remove any accumulated dirt from between the

teeth of the slewing ring.
• Apply oil to the exposed set of teeth with a brush,

then slew the upperstructure to expose the next
set. Repeat the operation until the upperstructure
has been turned through one complete
revolution.
E EVERY 250 HOURS
E1 ENGINE OIL AND FILTER CHANGE
• Open the indicated door A located on the bottom 6.16
side of the upperstructure, as shown in figure, to

gain access to the engine oil drain plug filter.
• Open the door B to gain access to the engine oil

filler plug.
• Apply oil to the exposed set of teeth with a brush,

then slew the ring to expose the next set. Repeat
the operation until the upperstructure has been
turned through one complete revolution.
E2 DRIVE BELTS CHECK
• Follow the procedures and precautions given in the engine handbook.

6-19
E3 CRAWLER TRACK REDUCTION GEAR FIRST OIL CHANGE ( )
• Manoeuvre the machine into a position that brings 6.17

one of the two oil filler/drain plugs on the reduction
gear cover near to the ground on the vertical axis
(see figure)
• Clean the area around plugs A and B.
• Position a receptacle beneath the drain plug A.
CAUTION!
The crawler reduction gear case and the oil inside can reach high temperatures.
• Remove plugs A and B and drain out the oil; for 6.18
best results perform this operation when the oil is

warm.
• Manoeuvre the machine so that the reduction

gear plugs are positioned as shown in figure.
• Pour in the new oil through the filler plug B until

plug A begins to overflow.
• Clean plugs A and B and refit.
IMPORTANT !
The disposal of spent oil is regulated by environmental legislation.

6-20
E4 UPPERSTRUCTURE REDUCTION GEAR FIRST OIL CHANGE ( )
• To gain access to the drain plug C and to filler 6.19
plug B, open door A.
• Clean around plugs C and B.
• Position a receptacle under the drain plug C.
• Remove plug C and B and drain; the oil will run

off more easily when warm.
• Replace the drain plug C and pour in oil by way

of the plug B.
• Check with plug B complete with dipstick that the 6.20
oil content is comprised between the min. and

max. level.
CAUTION!
The reduction gear and the oil inside can reach high temperatures.
IMPORTANT !

6-21
E5 CRAWLER TRACK TENSION CHECK
• Park the machine on firm and level ground. 6.21
• Clean off the top branch of each track.
• Place a straightedge on the track, on the longer

section of the chain without support, as
represented in figure.
• The maximum permissible clearance (sag)

between straightedge and track at the centre
must be 25 mm.
• If the value is greater, inject grease into valve A of the track tensioner, roll the machine
to a new position and check the value again.
• If the second check gives a smaller value, slacken the track tensioner valve A by no
more than one turn to expel grease, then reposition the machine again and recheck the
sag.
CAUTION!
The track tensioner contains pressurized grease.
Never slacken the valve by more than one turn.
If the track fails to slacken, consult Casagrande S.p.A.
NOTE:
Minimal deviation from the specified sag value is permissible, i.e. greater values when the
machine is operating on heavy clay soil and smaller values on rocky or uneven terrain.
E6 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT ( )
See EVERY 50 HOURS - Point C5 - First hydraulic oil filter replacement.
NOTE:
During this phase it is advisable to check also the conditions of the cartridge positioned on
the hydraulic tank air filter. Blow in compressed air and if necessary replace the cartridge.

6-22
E7 REAR WINCH REDUCTION GEAR FIRST OIL CHANGE ( )
6.12
• Clean around plugs A, B and C.

• Place a receptacle under drain plug C.
• Remove plugs A, B and C and drain the oil; to make this operation easier it is best for
the oil to be hot.
• Fill oil through plug A until it starts to overflow from plug B.

• Clean and refit plugs A, B and C.
CAUTION!
The reduction gear and the oil contained in it can become very hot.
IMPORTANT !
The disposal of spent oil must be regulated by environmental legislation.

6-23
E8 CROWD AND FRONT WINCH REDUCTION GEAR FIRST OIL CHANGE ( )
6.13
• Operate the winch to move plugs in correspondence with holes B and C.

• Clean around plugs on holes B and C.

• Remove plugs B and C and drain the oil; to make this operation easier it is best for the
oil to be hot.
• Operate the winch to move plugs in correspondence with holes A and B.
• Fill oil through plug A until it starts to overflow from plug B.
• Clean and refit plugs on holes A and B.
CAUTION!
The reduction gear and the oil contained in it can reach very high temperatures.
IMPORTANT !

6-24
E9 GENERAL INSPECTION OF THE MACHINE
ATTENTION!
The period “EVERY 250 HOURS” is to be considered as a maximum limit within
which the inspections covered herein should be performed.
The inspections should also be performed upon closure of every work site.
IMPORTANT!
During working phases the machine undergoes strong, continuous stress
which generally involves the entire machine and in particular:
- the structural parts

- the fastening systems (bolts, pins, etc.).
- moving parts
- components of the hydraulic system
IMPORTANT!
Over time, stresses may cause:
- in the structures
wear and tear, and in the case of heavy usage or overloading, cracks, breakage,
deformations
- in the fastening systems

wear and tear, breakage, loosening, deformations
- in moving parts
wear and tear, breakage, loosening
- in the components of the hydraulic system

wear and tear, breakage, loosening

6-25
IMPORTANT!
The person responsible for the machine must perform, or have performed by
qualified personnel, inspections to verify that:
- on the structures:
there are no deformations, worn parts, detached welding, cracks. Special attention
must be given to the fixtures/supports of the mast, all the fastening points of the
hydraulic jacks and the fastenings of the winches.
- fastening systems
have the correct torque wrench setting, in the case of bolt systems, or the various ways
of fastening pins (screws, ring nuts, split pins, elastic pins, R-shaped pins, inserts, etc.
- moving parts
are not worn over the tolerated limit (slides, guides, pulleys, etc.) and there is no
wear / breakage or loosening which may cause leakage of liquids (rotary, rotation head,
reduction gears, winches, feed swivels, etc.)
- components of the hydraulic system

are not used / broken (hoses, tubing in general) and that there are no leaks of hydraulic
oil due to loosening of joints

6-26
F EVERY 500 HOURS
F1 REPLACE OF THE CARTRIDGES AND FUEL PREFILTER CLEANING
6.22
• To gain access to the fuel filters, prefilter and
hand pump, open the lateral doors B and the
hatches A placed one over and one under the
engine compartment.
• Consult the engine handbook for procedures and

precautions.
F2 OTHER CHECKS ON DIESEL ENGINE
• Check concentration of the coolant.

• Consult the engine handbook for procedures and precautions.

6-27
G EVERY 1000 HOURS
G1 OTHER CHECKS ON DIESEL ENGINE
For procedures and detail information on the following operations please refer to the
annexed engine manual:
• Check the tensioning of the fan belt.
• Check the bearing of the belt tensioner.
• Check the fan hub.
• Check the centrifugal compressor
• Check the turning off protection sensors
• Adjust the engine valves clearance
G2 ACCUMULATORS MAINTENANCE
• For the accumulator to operate correctly, the precharge value must remain constant.
The pressure can be checked with a suitable instrument.
For the type of instrument to use and the correct procedure to follow, consult
Casagrande S.p.A. or a specialist workshop.

6-28
H EVERY 2000 HOURS
H1 REPLACING THE DRY AIR FILTER ELEMENT

• To gain access to the air cleaner A open the door 6.3
B.
• Consult the engine handbook for procedures and

precautions.
H2 CRAWLER TRACK REDUCTION GEAR OIL CHANGE
• See EVERY 250 HOURS - Point E3 - First oil change - crawler track reduction gear
H3 UPPERSTRUCTURE REDUCTION GEAR OIL CHANGE
• See EVERY 250 HOURS - Point E4 - First oil change - upperstructure reduction gear
H4 INSPECTION OF CRAWLER TRACK COMPONENTS FOR WEAR
• The following table shows criteria for determining levels of wear on track components.
• Permissible wear limit percentages:
- 100 % for medium terrain
- 75 % for rocky terrain
NOTE
The rollers and the track tension sprocket are lubricated for life with SAE 30 or SAE 40 oil
at the factory.

6-29
NEW 75% WEAR 100% WEAR

COMPONENT
mm mm mm
6.23
SHOE 25,3 15 11
6.24
SPROCKET 38,1 41,3 43,4
6.25
TENSIONER
SPROCKET 20 23,7 26
6.26
BUSHES
(EXTERNAL) 58,738 57 55,7
6.27
BOTTOM
ROLLERS 154 146 141
6.28
LINKS 103,2 97,5 94
6.29
PIVOTS AND
BUSHES ( ) 702 711,5 716
(*) Always consider the dimension on which wear is greatest.

( ) Measure the value on four sections of track.

6-30
H5 HYDRAULIC OIL CHANGE

6.30
• Position the machine so that cylinder rods are as
far retracted as possible, compatibly with the
configuration and stability of the rig.
• Open the door A as shown in figure.
• Prepare a receptacle large enough to contain the

hydraulic tank oil and part of the circuit oil and
place it under the oil tank in correspondence with
the four drain plugs C.
CAUTION!
The hydraulic oil tank and the oil inside can reach high temperatures.
• Clean the area around the filler plug B and drain plugs C (Fig. 6.30).
• Remove the filler plug B so that the oil can drain out more quickly.
• Remove the drain plugs C to allow a total drain of the oil.
• Clean the drain plug C and refit it.

• Fill the tank with fresh oil, checking that the level shows at the top of the sight glass E,
with the mast in vertical position. If the mast is in horizontal position the sight glass F
must be completely covered
• Wait a few minutes for the oil to reach and fill the various components of the hydraulic
circuit, i.e. pumps, directional control valves, etc.
• Start the machine and operate the hydraulic services a few times. Check the oil level
again and top up if necessary.
IMPORTANT !
It is good practice to replace the filters when changing the oil.
IMPORTANT !
Dispose of spent oil in accordance with current environmental legislation.

6-31
H6 ENGINE COOLANT CHANGE
• The coolant must be changed every 2 years, regardless of how many hours the engine
has been in operation, as the corrosion inhibiting properties of the liquid will begin to
degrade after that time.
• Procedures and precautions relative to this operation are given in the engine handbook.
IMPORTANT !
Dispose of spent oil in accordance with current environmental legislation.
H7 REAR WINCH REDUCTION GEAR OIL CHANGE
• See EVERY 250 HOURS - Point E7 - Rear winch reduction gear first oil change.
H8 CROWD AND FRONT WINCH REDUCTION GEAR OIL CHANGE ( )
• See EVERY 250 HOURS - Point E8 - Crowd and front winch reduction gear first oil
change

6-32
6.3. Periodical maintenance of rotary + applications (CFA

arrangement)
CAUTION!
Before carrying out any maintenance or repair procedures, manoeuvre the
rotary so that it is as near as possible to the ground. Use suitable means to
gain access to the rotary. Always use a safety harness. For oil replacement or
major repairs, remove the rotary from the mast and place it on the ground with
the help of a service crane, which may be used for other necessary subsequent
manoeuvres.
MAINTENANCE LEGEND page
A EVERY 10 HOURS....................................................................................... 6-36

A1 General inspection of the rotary ............................................................................. 6-36
A2 Rotary levels check................................................................................................ 6-36
A3 Greasing of cement feeding device........................................................................ 6-37
B EVERY 50 HOURS....................................................................................... 6-38

B1 Greasing of rotary- slide - suspension block - centering device – auger cleaner .... 6-38
B2 Auger cleaner reduction gear oil level check .......................................................... 6-40
C EVERY 250 HOURS..................................................................................... 6-41

C1 First rotary oil change ............................................................................................ 6-41
C2 Auger cleaner reduction gear first oil replacement ................................................. 6-42
D EVERY 2000 HOURS................................................................................... 6-42

D1 Rotary oil replacement ........................................................................................... 6-42
D2 Auger cleaner reduction oil replacement ................................................................ 6-42

6-33
LEGEND OF LUBRICATION AND INSPECTION POINTS
1 Rotary table oil filler plug

2 Upper/lower rotary gear bearing grease nipples
3 Rotary table drain plug
4 Rotary table oil breather plug
5 Coupling engaging chamber oil window
5a Coupling engaging chamber oil filler plugs
6 Coupling engaging chamber oil drain
7 Joint lubrication oil drain plug
8 Rotary reduction gear lubrication oil level indicator
8a Reduction gear oil filling
8b Reduction gear oil drain (one plug for each reduction gear)
9 Rotary table oil window

6-34
6.31

6-35
A EVERY 10 HOURS
A1 GENERAL INSPECTION OF THE ROTARY
• Check for oil leaks.
• Check for leaks on hoses or on the rotary head unit feed fittings, or on the ball
couplings lubrication system.
• Check that there are no loose nuts or bolts on hydraulic motor, reduction gear, couple
of over-gears, slide connections etc.
• Check for deformations or breakage on rubber shock-absorbers or on the bar guide
sleeve springs.
A2 ROTARY LEVELS CHECK
• All the levels must be checked while the rotary is in a vertical position (operating
position).
• The rotary is composed of various compartment and each one is equipped with a level
check plug, a filler plug and one or more drain plugs.
• There is usually an oil window on the level check plug through which the oil level can
be checked directly. If not, it is necessary to remove the plug to do so.
• Rotary reduction gear inspection plug 8, fill through plug 8a.

• Rotary table inspection plug 9, fill through plug 1.
• Coupling engaging chamber pilot light 5, top up through plug 5a.
CAUTION!
All the rotary parts and the lubricating oil in them can reach high temperatures.

6-36
A3 GREASING OF CEMENT FEEDING DEVICE
• Clean around grease nipples A.

• Grease through grease nipples A while the cement feeding device is rotating.
• Check for signs of seizure or leaks during grease injection. If necessary, disassemble
and check the condition of the seals and the bearing.
6.32

6-37
B EVERY 50 HOURS
B1 GREASING OF ROTARY- SLIDE - SUSPENSION BLOCK - CENTERING DEVICE –

AUGER CLEANER
Rotary
• Clean the grease nipple housing 2 figure 6.31

• Apply grease until it overflows.
Slide
• Clean the grease nipples’ housing on the track shoe guide units B e on the pins of the
cable return pulley of the crowd winch C or on the crowd cylinder attachment pin C.
• Check for shoe wear on guide units B and, if necessary, replace them.
6.33
B C B
NOTE
The drawing represents a crowd slide with cylinder.

6-38
Suspension block
6.34
• Clean around the housing of grease nipple A on the
pulleys.
• Check for pulley race wear and for signs of seizure.
Centering device
• Clean around the housing of grease nipples A on the pins.

• Check for earth or cement deposits on the closing/opening device B.
NOTE:
The figure shown a centering device with manual opening/closing.
6.35

6-39
Auger cleaner
• Clean around the grease nipple housings of guide rollers A and slewing ring slide
shoes B.
• Apply grease to points A and C until it overflows.

• Grease the slewing ring through the four points B while effecting small slewings.
• Check that gear D is clean and, if necessary apply a layer of lubricator (Chapter 2,
Table F) with a brush.
• Check for shoe wear on guide units E and replace them if necessary.
6.36
B2 AUGER CLEANER REDUCTION GEAR OIL LEVEL CHECK

• Clean around plugs A and B. 6.37
• Remove plug B and check for oil. If necessary,

top up through plug A.

6-40
C EVERY 250 HOURS

C1 FIRST ROTARY OIL CHANGE
• The rotary is composed of various compartments and each one is equipped with a
visual level check, a filler plug and one or more drain plugs.
• Always place a receptacle under the drain plugs.
• ROTARY REDUCTION GEARS
- With the help of an auxiliary crane, place the rotary in a horizontal position(or
place the mast in horizontal position).
- Remove the 8a and 8b plugs sequentially (one for each reduction gear).
- Drain the oil completely.
- Fit the plugs 8b on again.
- Move the rotary back to its vertical position.
- Fill the oil through plug 8a alternatively to allow the air to bleed out.
- Check the oil level on inspection plug 8, even after brief operation.
• ROTARY TABLE
- Remove plugs 3 and 7 (one for each coupling).
- Drain the oil completely.
- Fit plugs 3 and 7 on again.
- Fill oil through plug 1.
- Check the oil level on inspection plug 9, even after brief operation.
- Fit plug 1 on again
• COUPLING CHAMBER.
- Remove the two plugs 6.
- Drain the oil completely and, with the aid of a syringe pump, extract the remaining
oil from each chamber.
- Fit plugs 6 on again.
- Fill with oil through plug 5a.
- Check the oil level through plug 5, even after brief operation.
CAUTION!
All the rotary parts and the lubricating oil in them can reach high temperatures.
IMPORTANT !

6-41
C2 AUGER CLEANER REDUCTION GEAR FIRST OIL REPLACEMENT

• Clean around plugs A, B and C. 6.37
• Remove plugs C, B and A and drain the oil. To

make this operation easier, it is best for the oil to
be hot.
• Close plug C and fill the oil through plug A until it

overflows from plug B.
• Clean and reassemble plugs A and B.
CAUTION!
IMPORTANT !
D EVERY 2000 HOURS
D1 ROTARY OIL REPLACEMENT

- See EVERY 250 HOURS - Point C1 - First rotary oil change.
D2 AUGER CLEANER REDUCTION OIL REPLACEMENT

- See EVERY 250 HOURS - Point C2 - Auger cleaner reduction gear first oil replacement.

6-42
7. EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLY/DISASSEMBLY
7.1. Lowering and disassembly of the mast
• Starting condition: mast upright
IMPORTANT!
If any mechanical or electrical problems occur do not exert any pressure on the
mast slanting cylinders if the mast is in the 17 degree horizontal range. The
structure could break
IMPORTANT!
Never handle the mast if the mast slanting cylinders are in the 0-17 degree
range
IMPORTANT!
The operator must supervise all manual or automatic handling operations
directly.
IMPORTANT!
The stabiliser feet must be down whenever the mast is raised or lowered.
CAUTION!
To be able to perform the following operations the tool (continuous flight auger)
must be removed and the rotary head moved into the lowest position, resting it
against the stop brackets applied to the mast foot (check they are mounted),
and the centring device must be open.

7-1
PHASE 1
1.s
• Disconnect the cement feeding pipes 1.7,
the extension complete with cement
feeding device and the reaction bar using
a crane.
• To disconnect the joint 1.2, lower the
mast into the horizontal position (see the
instructions for the simple lowering of the
mast) and disconnect the joint.
• While doing this remove the safety plate

as well 1.3.
• Raise the mast back up into the vertical
position (see the instructions for the
simple raising of the mast).
• Disconnect the extension’s stop 1.4.
• Use the crane to remove the extension

1.1 and the reaction bar 1.5, removing the
screws of area 1.6.

7-2
PHASE 2
• Extend the stabiliser cylinders 2.1 completely until they touch the ground which must be
completely level and consistent.
• Stand the mast foot 2.2 on the ground, loosen the mast-mast foot joining bolts 2.3 by
about 2-3mm, raise the mast foot.
PHASE 3
• Switch selector 24 into the L+R position that enables lever 22 for synchronised cylinder
working 2.4 and start lowering the mast with lever 22.
2-3.s

7-3
PHASE 4
• Connect the strut 4.1 to the mast foot 4.5, slanting the mast with lever 22 as shown in
the figure.
• Raise the mast slightly to recover the clearance between mast and mast foot 4.2.
IMPORTANT!
This must be done with extreme caution and with someone on the ground to
help to avoid excessive loads on the transport struts with possible breakage.
• Completely disconnect the mast foot from the mast in the 4.2 area, removing the bolts.
NOTE:
Do not insert the spring pins 4.3 until the mast is horizontal.
IMPORTANT!
Extract about 2000 mm of rope from the sheave block’s pulleys 4.4, unwinding
it from the main winch and keep it slack while lowering the mast to avoid
breaking the sheave blocks.
4.s

7-4
PHASE 5
CAUTION!
Completely extend the pre-raising cylinder 5.1 and retract it 40 mm.
IMPORTANT!
Switch the winch crowd automatism selector to OFF, located on the electrical
panel, keep the crowd winch rope slack while lowering the mast, using the left
manipulator 17.
5.s

7-5
PHASE 6
• Manoeuvre lever 22 to move the mast into contact with the pre-raising cylinder 6.1
(once in contact lever 22 is disabled), the pilot light 56 flashes and an acoustic signal
sounds.
• Manoeuvre lever 27 forward to extend the pre-raising cylinder 6.1 completely which, in
this way, takes the whole load of the mast.
CAUTION!
This is a very important operation and to be done with the utmost care. The
operator must make sure that what is described above actually does happen
(that is, the mast stops when lowering in the correct mast pre-raising cylinder
contact position. If this is not the case, STOP LOWERING THE MAST).
PHASE 7
• Press push button 26 (the pilot light stops flashing and becomes a steady light) to put
the cylinders 6.2 in by-pass.
• Only after this has been done can lever 27 be operated and, retracting the pre-raising
cylinder 6.1, bring the mast into the horizontal position, resting it on the support 6.3 on
the upper structure.
6-7.s

7-6
PHASE 8
• Extract about 2000 mm of rope from the sheave block’s pulleys, unwinding it from the
main winch and keeping it slack while turning the jib; mind your hands.
• Disconnect the jib 8.2 by removing spring pin 8.3.
• Fit the inserts 8.4 on the mast guides to keep the ropes in position above the mast.
• Disconnect the limit switch’s electrical supply connection 8.5.
8.s

7-7
PHASE 9
• Switch selector 51 to turn the jib 9.1.

• Disconnect the jib 9.1 in area 9.2 by removing the pin with ring nut 9.3.
• Disconnect the tie rods in point 9.4.
• Position the rope that is above the top mast 9.5 on the side of it to facilitate jib sliding
operations 9.1.
9.s

7-8
PHASE 10
• Slide the jib 10.1 along the mast until it is near the ballast and block it in this position
with spring pin 10.2.
NOTE:
An auxiliary tool might be needed to do this or it might be necessary to raise the mast
slightly with the pre-raising cylinder (always use the by-pass).
CAUTION!
Perform this operation with extreme caution to avoid any unwanted or
uncontrolled movements of the jib. Do not pass-by or stay under the jib.
• Close the jib support 10.3.
10.s

7-9
PHASE 11
• To avoid interference when bending the mast, release the quick lever joint 11.3 from
the cement feeding elbow 11.4 and move it into position 11.5.
• Raise the mast slightly with the pre-raising cylinder, apply the strut 11.1.
• Bring the mast back down until there is no clearance between the top and bottom mast
plates 11.2.
IMPORTANT!
help.
• Remove gudgeons 11.6, switch the selector 53 to release the pins 11.7. In this way, the
mast is free to turn on its hinge.
• Remove the strut 11.1 by slightly raising the mast.
11.s

7-10
PHASE 12
• Switch selector 52 to bend the top mast 12.1.

• To complete this operation the mast has to be raised slightly (150 mm) to avoid
interference with the body.
IMPORTANT!
Take care not to damage the sleeves and/or ropes.
12.s

7-11
PHASE 13
• Block the bent top section of the mast in point 13.1 with the spring pin.
• Move the mast back into the horizontal position, paying attention to the sleeves in area
13.2.
IMPORTANT!
• Position the ropes above the mast and fix them with the relative devices.
• Position the jib’s tie rods suitably, fixing them to the jib for transport.
13.s

7-12
PHASE 14
• Raise the stabiliser completely 14.1;

• Attach the brace rods to the jib 14.2;
• Position the centring device with extreme care by the rotary for transport or remove it
completely.
14.s

7-13
7.2. Assembly and raising of the mast
• Starting condition: mast in the transport position
IMPORTANT!
mast slanting cylinders if the mast is in the 0-17 degree range. The structure
could break.
IMPORTANT!
range
IMPORTANT!
directly.
IMPORTANT!
The stabilizer feet must be down whenever the mast is raised or lowered.

7-14
PHASE 1
1.m

7-15
PHASE 2
• Free the tie rods, ropes and braces 1.2 from the jib (fixed for transporting).
• Free the ropes from above the mast and position them sideways to it, 2 on one side
and 2 on the other.
• Release the top mast from the base mast in position 2.1.
• Raise the mast slightly (150 mm measured from the mast stand positioned in the
ballast area).
2.m

7-16
PHASE 3
• Switch selector 52 to open the top mast 3.1.
IMPORTANT!
3.m

7-17
PHASE 4
• Apply the strut 4.1 raising or lowering the mast slightly if necessary with the pre-raising
cylinder.
• bring the mast back down until there is no clearance between the top and bottom mast
plates 4.2.
IMPORTANT!
help so as not to damage the mast or auxiliary strut.
• Switch selector 53 to lock pins 4.3.

• Put the gudgeons 4.4 back and block them by means of split pin.
• Put the cement feeding elbow back in the horizontal position 4.5 fixing it to the sleeve
holder bracket with the screw and close the quick lever coupling 4.6.
• Remove the strut 4.1 raising the mast slightly.
4.m

7-18
PHASE 5
• Remove the gudgeon pin 5.5.

• Open the jib support 5.4.
• Release the jib 5.1 from the mast by taking the spring pin 5.2 out;
• Slide the jib 5.1 until it reaches the end on the top mast.
• An auxiliary tool might be needed to do this or it might be necessary to adjust the
slanting angle of the mast with the raising cylinder.
CAUTION!
Perform this operation with extreme caution to avoid any unwanted or
uncontrolled movements of the jib. Do not pass-by or stay under the jib.
• Connect the jib 5.1 in area 5.3 inserting the pin with the ring nut.
5.m

7-19
PHASE 6
• Connect the jib tie rods in points 6.1 and 6.2
6.m

7-20
PHASE 7
• Switch selector 51 to turn the jib. This must be done slowly.
IMPORTANT!
Make sure there is no interference with the ropes, keeping them slack.
• Lock the jib 7.1 with the pin 7.2.

• Connect the limit switch’s electrical supply connection 7.5.
• Move the ropes above the mast.
• Pull the ropes out about 2 metres in front of the sheave block 7.4 and check that in the
subsequent phases the ropes do not become taught so as not to damage it in the next
phases.
• Remove the inserts from the mast guides 7.3, used to keep the ropes in position above
the mast;
7.m

7-21
PHASE 8
• Switch the crowd winch automatism selector OFF, located on the electrical panel (LH).
• Manoeuvre lever 27 to bring the pre-raising cylinder 8.2 into contact with the mast. The
pilot light 56 flashes and an acoustic signal sounds.
• Press push button 26 (the pilot light 56 stops flashing and becomes a steady light) to
put the cylinders 8.1 in by-pass.
• Manoeuvre lever 27 to extend the pre-raising cylinder completely 8.2.
IMPORTANT!
Check that the main and auxiliary crowd winch ropes do not become taut. If
necessary, unwind them from the winches.
8.m

7-22
PHASE 9
• Press push button 25 to deselect cylinder by-pass 9.1 (the pilot light 56 starts flashing).
• Switch selector 24 into the L+R position, lever 22 is enabled for synchronised cylinder
working. 9.1.
• Manoeuvre lever 22 and start raising the mast until connection with the mast foot is
possible 9.2.
IMPORTANT!
Check that the main and auxiliary crowd winch ropes do not become taut. If
necessary, unwind them from the winches. Take care not to damage the crowd
winch rope in area 9.3.
CAUTION!
Raise the mast leaving a clearance of at least 2-3 mm in area 9.3 between the
plates of the mast foot and base mast. Any forcing would damage or break the
strut 9.4.
IMPORTANT!
help so as not to damage the mast or transport struts.
• Bolt the mast to the mast foot 9.5.

7-23
9.m

7-24
PHASE 10
• Lower the mast slightly so the strut can be removed 10.1 and then put it in its place.
• Retract the pre-raising cylinder completely 10.2.
10.m

7-25
PHASE 11
• Finish raising the mast until it is upright.

• Lower the mast foot 11.2 and finish tightening the coupling bolts to the mast.
• Raise the mast foot again.

• Move the ropes into their channels and check correct tension.
• Retract the stabiliser cylinders completely 11.1
IMPORTANT!
Switch the winch crowd automatism selector to ON, located on the electrical
panel.
• Attach the extension complete with the cement feeding device 11.3, reaction rod 11.4
extension fixing 11.5, and the cement feeding pipes with the help of a crane.
• Anchor the safety plate 11.7.
• To do this you can lower the mast again to fix the concrete pipe to the curve 11.6 or fix
it in the condition of figure 7, with the aid of a crane.

7-26
11.m

7-27
PHASE 12
• Mount the centring device and the continuous propeller elements.

• Check that the mast is upright; to the contrary, switch selector 24 in the L/R position
(the raising cylinders work separately) and manoeuvre lever 22 and/or 23 to bring the
mast upright.
12.m

7-28
7.3. Mast lowering/raising
7.3.1. Lowering
• Starting condition: mast upright
IMPORTANT!
mast slanting cylinders if the mast is in the 17 degree horizontal range. The
structure could break
IMPORTANT!
range
IMPORTANT!
directly.
IMPORTANT!
The stabiliser feet must be down whenever the mast is raised or lowered.
CAUTION!
To be able to perform the following operations the tool (continuous flight auger)
must be removed and the rotary head moved into the lowest position as
possible.

7-29
PHASE 1
• Switch selector 24 into the L+R position that enables lever 22 for synchronised cylinder
working 1.4 and start lowering the mast with lever 22 until a 45° inclination.
F1

7-30
PHASE 2
CAUTION!
Completely extend the pre-raising cylinder 2.1 and retract it 40 mm.
F2

7-31
PHASE 3
• Manoeuvre lever 22 to move the mast into contact with the pre-raising cylinder 3.1
(once in contact lever 22 is disabled), the pilot light 56 flashes and an acoustic signal
sounds.
• Manoeuvre lever 27 forward to extend the pre-raising cylinder 3.1 completely which, in
this way, takes the whole load of the mast.
CAUTION!
This is a very important operation and to be done with the utmost care. The
operator must make sure that what is described above actually does happen
(that is, the mast stops when lowering in the correct mast-pre-raising cylinder
contact position. If this is not the case, STOP LOWERING THE MAST).
• Press push button 56 (the pilot light stops flashing and becomes a steady light) to put
the cylinders 3.2 in by-pass.
• Only after this has been done can lever 27 be operated and, retracting the pre-raising
cylinder 3.1, bring the mast into the horizontal position, resting it on the support 3.3 on
the upperstructure.
F3

7-32
7.3.2. Raising
• Starting condition: mast in the transport position
IMPORTANT!
mast slanting cylinders if the mast is in the 0-17 degree range. The structure
could break.
IMPORTANT!
range
IMPORTANT!
directly.
IMPORTANT!
The stabilizer feet must be down whenever the mast is raised or lowered.

7-33
PHASE 1
F4
PHASE 2
• Manoeuvre lever 27 to bring the pre-raising cylinder 2.2 into contact with the mast. The
pilot light 56 flashes and an acoustic signal sounds.
• Press push button 26 (the pilot light 56 stops flashing and becomes a steady light) to
put the cylinders 2.1 in by-pass.
• Manoeuvre lever 27 to extend the pre-raising cylinder completely 2.2.
F5

7-34
PHASE 3
• Press push button 25 to deselect cylinder by-pass 3.1 (the pilot light 56 starts flashing).
• Switch selector 24 into the L+R position, lever 22 is enabled for synchronised cylinder
working. 3.1.
• Manoeuvre lever 22 and start raising the mast until the vertical position.
• Check that the mast is upright; to the contrary, switch selector 24 in the L/R position
(the raising cylinders work separately) and manoeuvre lever 22 and/or 23 to bring the
mast upright.
F6

7-35

7-36
8. TRANSPORT
• If parts or components are separated from the machine, their movement must take
place through the use of an auxiliary crane.
Use the provided lifting points (ears). If these are not provided use slings, ropes,
hooks, etc., in such a way as to avoid falls and to keep the part or component stable
(balanced) during lifting.
• In figure are represented the positioning and orientation of the equipment during the
loading on truck and unloading from truck.
8.1

8-1
8.1. Transport dimensions
8.2
Value
Dimensions
(mm)
A overall length of undercarriage 5108
B front overhang 2621
C total rear overhang 7511
D mast rear overhang 5805
E total length 15245
F min height from ground 544
G counterweight ground clearance 1100
H jib ground clearance 1530
I max. height from ground 3270
L max. width 2900
M stabilizer ground clearance 700
X centre of gravity to swing axis distance 1250

8-2
9. COMPONENTS REPLACEMENT
9.1. Ropes
In normal circumstances ropes must be substituted with others of the same type. If ropes of
a different type are installed, the operator must ensure that the characteristics are at least
equivalent to those of the original ropes.
9.1.1. Fitting the rope to the winch

• The reel of new rope must be
9.1
unwound as shown in figure.
The first turn of rope on a smooth surface winch drum 9.2
must be completely regular to prevent successive

windings from becoming entangled.
When winding the rope onto the drum maintain rope
tension of 1÷2 % of breaking strength and tap
successive windings onto the drum as shown in
figure.
• Before fitting a new rope check the condition and functionality of the pulleys. If
necessary change worn parts or grind the pulley sheaves to restore the correct profile.

9-1
NOTE
When a rope is used for the first time it must be bedded in with a series of manoeuvres with
a load of approximately 10% of maximum permissible load.
9.1.2. Anchoring the rope
• The fixed end of the rope must be secured by means of a wedge in the relative location
on the winch drum.
• When unwinding rope from the winch in operative conditions ensure that at least three
windings remain on the drum so that the pulling force is almost completely absorbed by
the friction between drum and rope.
• The free end of the rope must be secured with the utmost precision; this fixing must be
inspected frequently because it is a sensitive area of the equipment that is subject to
damage; the most widely adopted fixing methods are as shown:
- fork end fitting in forged steel "A"; attachment of the 9.3
rope is provided by pouring an antimonium - tin alloy

or cold working resins into the socket;
- swaged-on fork end fitting "B"; attachment is
provided by cold pressing of the compression
sleeve;
- wedge socket end fitting "C"; attachment is provided
by the locking wedge; note that the centreline of the
end fitting must be concentric with the taut rope
centreline and there must be no deviation of the
rope in the area of attachment;
- thimble; the attachment is assured by compression
sleeves “D" or hand splicing "E".

9-2
IMPORTANT !
The choice of the type of end fitting must be made considering all relevant
factors and guaranteeing the maximum safety levels for all solutions.
For this reason, the solutions adopted by Casagrande S.p.A. must be observed
at all times.
9.1.3. Cutting wire ropes
Wire ropes can be cut using one of the following 9.4
systems:
- grinding wheel;
- shearing tool;
- oxyacetylene torch
• Before cutting the rope bind it as shown in figure

to ensure the strands remain in place once they
are severed

9-3
9.2. Flexible hoses
IMPORTANT !
Before removing any of the hoses on the machine:
- stop the engine;
- discharge pressure from the hydraulic system;
- take steps to collect oil at the site of hose removal.
• When hoses must be renewed because of rupture or deterioration, the replacement

hose must share the same characteristics as the original (type - diameter - length -
fittings) or all the following prescriptions must be observed (see figure);
- hydraulic hoses must not be exactly the same length 9.5

as the distance between the two connection points
and they must not work under traction;
- avoid bending, kinking or crushing hydraulic hoses;
the radius of curvature of bends must be increased
for higher oil pressures;
- do not stretch the hoses during assembly;
- each installation must be carried out using the most
suitable fittings (curved or straight) thus avoiding
excess curvature or tight radius bends;
- if hoses are to be supported by brackets, pay
attention to screw tightening torque to avoid
crushing;
- make sure individual hoses in bundles are arranged
correctly to prevent traction stress.

9-4
9.3. Crawler chain
• Park on solid level ground (ideally a cement or asphalt surface).

9.6
• Travel forward or in reverse until the chain link
pin is in the position shown in figure.
The link pin can be identified by the locations on
the two ends and the channel in the pad.
• Slacken chain tension (see heading 6.2 operation
E5)
• Remove the link pin from the outside toward the

inside using a hydraulic drift (pin striking
extraction system is recommended).
• Travel forward until the entire chain is laid out on the ground. (Fig. 9.7 )
• Align the new chain with the worn chain and make sure the pads are facing the correct
direction of travel (see figure).
9.7

9-5
• Connect the two chains with the link pin.

• Travel forward slowly onto the new chain.
• Bring the connection point (G) between the two chains clear of the sprocket wheel.
Remove the link pin and use steel wire to tie the new chain to the sprocket wheel (see
figure).
9.8
• Continue to travel forward until the connection is on the upper part of the sprocket
wheel.
• Remove the steel wire and travel forward with the machine, accompanying the upper
part of the chain up to the tensioner wheel (Fig. 9.9).
• Join the two ends of chain and insert the link pin from the inside.
• Bring the chain up to the correct tension (heading 6.2 operation E5).
9.9

9-6
10. DISPOSAL OF THE MACHINE
• The operations of demolition and disposal of the machine shall be entrusted to

professionals only.
• All components contaminated by oil or oil residuals must be considered “special” waste,
subject to disposal through authorized institutions.
• To allow the reutilization of the raw materials it is important to separate:

- Mechanical parts
- Electric motors
- Rubber parts
- Parts in synthetic materials
CAUTION !
Casagrande SpA cannot be held responsible for damages to people or things
as a consequence of the reutilization of single parts of the machine for
functions or operating conditions different from the originals, for which the
machine was designed.
Casagrande SpA declines all responsibilities for damages to people or things
as consequence of the lack of compliance with the above mentioned rules and
recommendations.

10-1

10-2
11. ELECTRIC / HYDRAULIC DIAGRAMS

- Electric diagram code 205440292-00
- Electric diagram pump code 205440309-00
- Rotary hydraulic diagram code 205420456-00
- Hydraulic diagram code 205420461-01

11-1

11-2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
Approvato/ Approved by
INDICE
Data/ Date
A INDEX A
Firma/ Sign.
Controllato/ Controlled by
GRUPPO FOGLI FOGLIO TITOLO MODIFICHE OPZIONI DESCRIZIONE OPZIONI
GROUP SHEETS SHEET TITLE REVISIONS OPTION OPTION SPECIFICATIONS
Data/ Date
01 01 MOTORE DIESEL 00 ..-..-.... A - OPZIONE "V1"
DIESEL ENGINE "V1"OPTION
02 MOTORE DIESEL 00 ..-..-.... B - OPZIONE "V2"
DIESEL ENGINE "V2" OPTION
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
03 MOTORE DIESEL 00 ..-..-.... C - OPZIONE "V3"
B DIESEL ENGINE "V3"OPTION B
04 AVVIAMENTO DIESEL 00 ..-..-.... D - CONDIZIONATORE
DIESEL STARTING CONDITIONER
Data/ Date
05 STRUMENTI MOTORE 00 ..-..-.... E - VIBRATORE
DIESEL INSTRUMENTS VIBRATOR
06 ALIMENTAZIONE CABINA 00 ..-..-.... F - PULISCI ELICA
CABIN FEEDING AUGER CLEANER
07 ALLARMI 00 ..-..-.... G - IDROPULITRICE
ALARMS WATER CLEANER
08 ARGANI 00 ..-..-.... H - FINECORSA ARGANI
WINCHES WINCHS LIMIT SWITCH
C
09 TORRETTA 00 ..-..-.... I - CENTRATORE
C
UPPERSTRUCTURE CENTRING DEVICE
10 10 ARGANI/TORRETTA 00 ..-..-.... J - J. L. RISALITA AUTOMATICA
WINCHES/UPPERSTRUCTURE J. L. AUTOMATIC LIFTING
02 01 ROTARY 00 ..-..-....
ROTARY TABLE
02 ROTARY 00 ..-..-....
ROTARY TABLE
03 ROTARY 00 ..-..-....
Descrizione
Description
ROTARY TABLE
4 04 ARGANO PULL-DOWN 00 ..-..-.... M
PULL-DOWN WINCH
D 04 1 01 FINECORSA ARGANI 00 ..-..-.... H D
WINCHS LIMIT SWITCH
05 1 01 CONDIZIONATORE 00 ..-..-.... D
CONDITIONER
07 01 SERVIZI 00 ..-..-.... G
SERVICES
02 SERVIZI 00 ..-..-....
SERVICES
03 SERVIZI 00 ..-..-.... I-L
SERVICES
04 SERVIZI 00 ..-..-.... E-F
SERVICES
E E
05 ESX1 - ALIMENTAZIONE 00 ..-..-....
ESX1 - FEEDING
06 ESX1 - COMUNICAZIONE 00 ..-..-....
Indice
Index
ESX1 - DATA COMMUNICATION
Modifiche/ Revisions
Gruppo/ Group
NOTE: INDEX
Disegnato/ Drawn by Data/ Date Sost. il/ Replaces Data/Date Firma/Signature Foglio/ Sheet di fogli/of sheets
Per prescrizioni generali
CFA26 EPA II 01 3
specifications, see stds sh.
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014
Tot. gruppi Tot. fogli

F
Controll./ Checked by Data/ Date Sost.dal/ Replaced by Data/Date Firma/ Signature
casagrande INDICE Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03
33074 fontanafredda (pn) italy
INDEX 17 62
Approvato/Approved by Data/ Date File/ File 20544029200 Disegno/ Drawing Nr. E.M./ Revisions
vedi spec./
C. M. 30/04/03 SeeElectrical Expert versione 2.20 CAD

Il presente disegno e' di nostra proprieta'. Si fa divieto a chiunque di riprodu
rlo o renderlo noto a terzi senza nostraautorizzazione.
The drawing remains the property of Casagrande. Without our explicitautorization it may not be copied nor m
0 5
ay its contents be made known to others.
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292-00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
INDICE
Data/ Date
A INDEX A
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
07 ESX1 - AI1..AI8 00 ..-..-.... A-B-C A - OPZIONE "V1"
"V1"OPTION
08 ESX1 - DI01..DI08 00 ..-..-.... B-C B - OPZIONE "V2"
"V2" OPTION
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
09 ESX1 - DI09..DI16 00 ..-..-.... C - OPZIONE "V3"
B "V3"OPTION B
10 ESX1 - DO01..DO06 00 ..-..-.... D - CONDIZIONATORE
CONDITIONER
Data/ Date
11 ESX1 - DO07..DO12 00 ..-..-.... E - VIBRATORE
VIBRATOR
12 ESX1 - BB1 00 ..-..-.... F - PULISCI ELICA
AUGER CLEANER
13 ESX1 - BB2 00 ..-..-.... G - IDROPULITRICE
WATER CLEANER
14 DISPLAY 00 ..-..-.... A-B-C H - FINECORSA ARGANI
DISPLAY WINCHS LIMIT SWITCH
C
15 SCHEDA CONTROLLO LIMITI (MAST) 00 ..-..-.... I - CENTRATORE
C
MAST CONTROL CARD CENTRING DEVICE
16 16 SCHEDA CONTROLLO LIMITI (MAST) 00 ..-..-.... J - J. L. RISALITA AUTOMATICA
MAST CONTROL CARD J. L. AUTOMATIC LIFTING
08 1 01 J. L. RISALITA AUTOMATICA 00 ..-..-.... J
J. L. AUTOMATIC LIFTING
D01 01 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-....
PART-LIST
02 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-....
Descrizione
Description
PART-LIST
03 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-....
PART-LIST
D 04 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-.... D
PART-LIST
5 05 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-....
PART-LIST
D02 01 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-....
PART-LIST
2 02 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-....
PART-LIST
D04 1 01 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-....
PART-LIST
D05 1 01 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-....
PART-LIST
E E
D07 01 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-....
PART-LIST
02 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-....
Indice
Index
PART-LIST
Gruppo/ Group
NOTE: INDEX
CFA26 EPA II 02 3
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
C. V. 30/04/03
INDEX 17 62
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292-00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
INDICE
Data/ Date
A INDEX A
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
03 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-.... A - OPZIONE "V1"
PART-LIST "V1"OPTION
4 04 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-.... B - OPZIONE "V2"
PART-LIST "V2" OPTION
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
D08 1 01 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-.... C - OPZIONE "V3"
B PART-LIST "V3"OPTION B
DLOC 01 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-.... D - CONDIZIONATORE
PART-LIST CONDITIONER
Data/ Date
2 02 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-.... E - VIBRATORE
PART-LIST VIBRATOR
LOC 01 LOCALIZZAZIONE 00 ..-..-.... F - PULISCI ELICA
LOCALISATION AUGER CLEANER
2 02 LOCALIZZAZIONE 00 ..-..-.... G - IDROPULITRICE
LOCALISATION WATER CLEANER
X 01 X1A - X1B 00 ..-..-.... H - FINECORSA ARGANI
WINCHS LIMIT SWITCH
C
02 X1C - XJ 00 ..-..-.... I - CENTRATORE
C
CENTRING DEVICE
03 X1 00 ..-..-.... J - J. L. RISALITA AUTOMATICA
04 X1 00 ..-..-....
05 X100A - X100B - X100C - X100D 00 ..-..-....
06 X201 - X401 - X704 - X725 - X7UP - X3 - X11 00 ..-..-....
Descrizione
Description
07 -X701 00 ..-..-....
D 8 08 U701 00 ..-..-.... D
E E
Indice
Index
Gruppo/ Group
NOTE: INDEX
CFA26 EPA II 03 3
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
C. V. 30/04/03
INDEX 17 62
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292-00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
01/01.2 -- --
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
01/04.11
01/05.10
01/05.10
01/05.10
01/04.9
01/05.7
01/05.3
01/05.3
01/02.4
07/05.1
01/06.1
01/04.1
01/04.1
01/02.8
Data/ Date
..-..-....
Firma/ Sign.
12V
31
15
50
12
14
13
B20
B40
30C
61
Disegnato/Drawn by
B B
Data/ Date
-F106 -F104
..-..-....
+010 +010
20A
-M1
50A
+010
30 30
-F102 -F103
+010 +010
C -G102 80A 150A C
30A
-F101
30B
+010
80A -K1M1 -K1G1
B41
+010 +010
-G101
Descrizione
Description
50A
10mmq
10mmq
-G103
-K101
D -K101 -S106 D
01/01.3 +011 -M101 R -S102 -S103 +010 -R1M1 -R1M2
31 +010 +010 +010 +010
1 1
01/03.1 MOTORE DIESEL
DIESEL ENGINE
MOTORINO GENERATORE TEMPERATURA PRESSIONE ACQUA NEL PRERISCALDO

E E
DI AVIAMENTO GENERATOR REFRIGERANTE OLIO GASOLIO DIESEL
-
STARTING COOLING OIL DIESEL
Indice
Index
00
MOTOR TEMPERATURE PRESSURE PREHEATING
Gruppo/ Group
01
CFA26 EPA II 01
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande MOTORE DIESEL Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 DIESEL ENGINE
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
B20 15 15
01/04.6
Data/ Date
+
2k
RD YE YE YE
..-..-....
A -S1 -S1PT -S1INC -S1DEC A
-R101
0 +103 +102 +102 +102 -H1SL -H1DL -H1ML -H1WL
+103 -
+102 +102 +102 +102
Firma/ Sign.
B29A
B19A
Data/ Date
470R 220R
-R103 -R102
..-..-....
01/01.12
+103 +103
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B B
Data/ Date
..-..-....
B29
B19
B30
B20
B40
B17
B37
B35
B36
B01
B03
B04
B11
C C
01/01.11
Descrizione
Description
D D
+5VDC RITORNO SEGNALE RITORNO ISC3 TEST INC DEC. ACQUA NEL MOTORE DIAGNOSI MANUNTENZIONE PRERISCALDO
RETURN SIGNAL RETURN GASOLIO FERMO DIAGNOSTIC MOTORE DIESEL DIESEL
RPM INGRESSO
ENGINE DIESEL DIESEL ENGINE DIESEL
1400 DIAGNOSI SPIE
STOPPED MAINTENANCE PREHEATING
(SRTN B) WARNING DIAGNOSTIC
E ON/OFF INPUT E
Indice
Index
00
IMPOSTAZ.VELOCITA' TEST LAMPADE SPIA
INTERMDIA WARNING Modifiche/ Revisions
ACCELERATORE SPIE GUASTI
INTERMEDIATE LAMP TEST Gruppo/ Group
THROTTLE FAILLURE WARNING LIGHTS
SPEED VALIDATION 01
CFA26 EPA II 02
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- -- -- -- --
01/05.2 01/05.3 01/05.4 01/05.5 01/05.5
Data/ Date
6
..-..-....
A A
01/04.6 01/04.1
Firma/ Sign.
-Q2M -Q3M -Q4M -Q5M -Q6M
+000 +000 +000 +000 +000
6A 6A 6A 10A 10A
Data/ Date
..-..-....
2
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B B
Data/ Date
..-..-....
-K113
01/07.2
2M
3M
4M
5M
6M
C C
Descrizione
Description
1 1
1M
01/01.8
D D
PFT +
1939S
1939L
1587L
A19
A37
A27
A49
PFT -
1SD
1939H
1587H
RPM
LIVELLO
SCHIELD
J1939 (+)
J1587 (+)
J1939 (-)
J1587 (-)
J1939
24VDC VP44 MAX
REFRIGERANTE
+
BATTERIA (-) CHIAVE D'AVVIAMENTO
-
E COSTANTE E
BATTERY (-) IGNITION KEY BATTERIA (+) ALIMENTAZIONE COOLING
-
BATTERY FEEDING (+) LEVEL
Indice
Index
J1939 J1587
00
COMUNICAZIONE DATI
Gruppo/ Group
DATA COMMUNICATION
01
CFA26 EPA II 03
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- 01/04.11 --
30C
01/01.2
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
-Q101
Firma/ Sign.
+000
6 3
40A 01/06.9
-K104
01/04.7
Data/ Date
-Q102
+000
..-..-....
6 6A
01/03.9 07/05.1
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B B
Data/ Date
..-..-....
7
30 -S101
0 I 2
A B
-S101 A X X
+103 B X
15 50
C 5 C
15
01/02.14 01/05.1
-K119
01/07.9
-S105
7
+105
Descrizione
Description
2D+
15
D D
01/03.4
50
2
07/05.1
01/01.3
01/01.5
-H100 -K104
+000 +000
E E
1 1
-
01/01.8 01/05.1
Indice
Index
00
AVVIAMENTO MOTORE DIESEL
DIESEL ENGINE STARTING Gruppo/ Group
01
CFA26 EPA II 04
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande AVVIAMENTO DIESEL Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 DIESEL STARTING
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
A - INTERVENTO MAGNETO TERMICI E - MINIMO LIVELLO OLIO IDRAULICO
ELECTRIC FAILURE HYDRAULIC OIL MINIMUM LEVEL
15 15
Data/ Date
B - GENERATORE F-
..-..-....
A GENERATOR A
-Q2M -Q3M -Q4M -Q5M -Q6M -Q107 -Q108 -Q109
01/03.5 01/03.6 01/03.7 01/03.8 01/03.9 01/06.3 01/06.10 01/07.2
Firma/ Sign.
32 32 C - MAX TEMPERATURA REFRIGERANTE G - MAX TEMPERATURA OLIO IDRAULICO
MAX COOLANT TEMPERATURE MAX TEMPERATURE HYDRAULIC OIL
-Q130 -Q201 -Q401 -Q501 -Q701 -Q710 -Q711 -Q712 -Q801 D - MINIMA PRESSIONE OLIO MOTORE H - INTASAMENTO FILTRI OLIO IDR.
Data/ Date
01/08.2 02/01.2 04/01.2 05/01.2 07/01.2 07/05.8 07/05.10 07/07.2 08/01.4 OIL DIESEL ENGINE MINIMUM PRESSURE HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS' BLOCCAGE
..-..-....
15 15
15
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
01/07.4
B B
01/01.10
01/01.7
Data/ Date
..-..-....
15 15
01/04.9
53
61
19
C C
32
1(-) 6(+) 8(+)
-P102 3(-) 2(+) 1(+) -P101
-H101
+101 +101 B D F H
+101
4(G) 5(G) 8(G) 2(W)
Descrizione
Description
14
13
18
12
A C E G
D D
1
47
49
9
01/01.11
01/01.9
01/01.7
01/01.9
01/07.3
01/07.7
-S104
+012
E E
Indice
1
Index
00
01/04.14 01/06.1
Gruppo/ Group
01
CFA26 EPA II 05
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande STRUMENTI MOTORE Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 DIESEL INSTRUMENTS
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- 01/06.4 -- 01/06.13
01/05.6 01/05.7
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
3
01/04.14 01/07.1
-Q108
Data/ Date
+000
12V
01/01.1 16A
..-..-....
-Q107
Firma/ Sign.
+000
Disegnato/Drawn by
B 16A B
24V
Data/ Date
..-..-....
-S111 -K109
23
+113 01/06.12
-S108A
+000
24 ALIMENTAZIONE CABINA
C CABIN FEEDING C
-S108B -K112
+000 01/06.3
GN
01/06.4
44
Descrizione
Description
43
-S110
D +012 D
25
26
-S108B
-M103
-K112 +000 GN -K109
+000 01/06.3
+000 -H110 -H111
+010 +010
1 1 1
01/05.14 01/07.1
E E
-
POMPA CARICAMENTO CARBURANTE FARI DI SERVIZIO
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
01
CFA26 EPA II 06
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande ALIMENTAZIONE CABINA Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 CABIN FEEDING
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- 01/03.4 01/04.11
01/05.8 01/07.3 01/07.11
Data/ Date
01/08.1
07/01.2
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
3
01/06.14 01/08.1
Data/ Date
-Q109
+000
..-..-....
10A
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B 45 45 45 B
Data/ Date
..-..-....
-S115 -S123 TRASLAZIONE
+151 +150
P1 50°C 100°C
-S109 -K113 -S112 -S113 -S121 -S122 -K119
01/07.2 +151 +151 +109 +100 01/07.9
+151
52
40°C
-S114
+151
C C
136
07/08.8 -V102
47
53
49
46
48
54
-V101
Descrizione
Description
113
01/10.12
01/05.12
01/05.12
01/05.12
DI5
56
D D
140
-Y102 -Y105
-K113 -K119
+000 -H107 +000 -H136
+013 +152
+100 +155
1 1
01/06.14 01/08.1
LIVELLO INTASAMENTO IMPIANTO DI MAX CLACSON ALLARME

MINIMO FILTRI RAFREDDAMENTO TEMPERATURA SERVOCOMANDI ROTAZ. TORRETTA
E E
SERVOCONTROLS TRASL. CINGOLI
-
OLIO IDRAULICO
Indice
Index
00
HYDRAULIC OIL
Gruppo/ Group
01
CFA26 EPA II 07
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande ALLARMI Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 ALARMS
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- 01/10.1 01/08.12 01/08.5 02/04.10 01/08.6 01/08.6 01/08.7
01/05.1 01/10.7 01/10.2 01/10.3 01/08.13
Data/ Date
01/10.7 01/10.8
02/04.3 02/04.5
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
3
01/07.2 02/01.1
Data/ Date
-Q130
+000
..-..-....
16A
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B 63 B
01/09.1
Data/ Date
-K119
..-..-....
01/07.9
64 64
01/09.1
64 64
-K135
01/08.12
-S131 A B -S135
-S131 8 -S133
C +103 I 0 2 C
-S206 -K134A +103
LIB
A X 01/08.8
+100 -S135
B X 02/01.12 0 I
01/08.12
A X
76
69 73 -S133
Descrizione
01/08.9
Description
74
-K133 -K130
08/01.1 01/08.5 01/08.9
D -K132 D
01/08.3
72
-K135
67
68
70
01/08.12
78
71
-K131 -K132 -K133 -K134 -K134A -K130 -K135 GN

+000 +000 +000 +000 +000 +000 +000 -H135
+102
1 1
01/07.14 01/09.1
ANTERIORE POSTERIORE
E E
-
ATTIVAZIONE SELEZIONE
SELEZIONE
Indice
Index
SET ON SELECTION
00
SELECTION
FLOTTANTE/LIBERA
Gruppo/ Group
FLOATING/FREE FALL
01
CFA26 EPA II 08
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande ARGANI Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 WINCHES
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
01/10.13 01/10.7 01/10.8 07/04.12 07/04.13 01/10.11 01/09.13 01/10.11
02/04.4 02/04.6 01/10.13
Data/ Date
L.H.S. JOYSTYCK
RD
RD
RD
RD
-S141
..-..-....
A 2 3 A
+110
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 1 4
5 6
Firma/ Sign.
Y/G
BL
YE
BLU
GN
GR
WH
--
--
--
01/09.6
01/09.8
01/09.10
01/09.12
8
Data/ Date
..-..-....
63
01/08.14 01/10.1
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B B
Data/ Date
64 64
01/08.14
..-..-....
1 2 4 8
-S143 -S144 -S145 -S141 -S141 -S141 -S141 -K141 -K707
01/09.12 07/11.4
01/09.12 01/09.12 01/09.12 01/09.12
C C
80
81
87
82
83
84
85
86
Descrizione
Description
D D
-K137 -K144 -K145 -K138 -K139 -K140 -K141 RD

+000 +000 +000 +000 +000 +000 +000 -H141
+102
1 1 1
01/08.14 01/10.1
TORRETTA SALITA DISCESA DISCESA SALITA FLOTTANTE BLOCCO/SBLOCCO BLOCCO
ARGANI
PULISCI ELICA ROTAZIONE TORRETTA
E E
AUGER CLEANER UPPERSTRUCTURA SWING
-
SBLOCCO FRENO
Indice
Index
BRAKE RELEASE
00
Gruppo/ Group
01
CFA26 EPA II 09
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande TORRETTA Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 UPPERSTRUCTURE
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
63 63
Data/ Date
01/09.14 02/04.1
..-..-....
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
-K131 -K132 -K144 -K145 -K134 -K707 -K141
B 01/08.2 01/08.3 01/09.3 01/09.4 01/08.7 07/11.4 01/09.12 B
Data/ Date
122
115
..-..-....
-K134 -K140 -K140 -K137
01/08.7 01/09.10 01/09.10 01/09.2
117
118
118
123
116
C C
102
07/11.10
-K707
-K403 -K404 -K401 -K402 -K402 -K131 -K132 07/11.4
101
112
04/01.5 04/01.7 04/01.2 04/01.3 04/01.3 01/08.2 01/08.3
01/07.14
Descrizione
Description
DO11
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
113
D D
-Y110 -Y111 -Y104

a b a b -Y114 a b -Y106 -Y120 -Y122 GN
+150 +150 +154 +150 -H142
+150 +150 +150
+102
1 1 1
01/09.14 02/01.1
a-ANTERIORE / b-POSTERIORE a-ANTERIORE / b-POSTERIORE BY-PASS a-ANTERIORE / b-POSTERIORE TAGLIO FLOTTANTE SBLOCCO FRENO ROTAZ. 360°
E SALITA DISCESA POSTERIORE SBLOCCO FRENI E
CINGOLI
Indice
Index
00
ARGANI TORRETTA
WINCHES UPPERSTRUCTURE Modifiche/ Revisions
Gruppo/ Group
01
CFA26 EPA II 10
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande ARGANI/TORRETTA Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 WINCHES/UPPERSTRUCTURE
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- 02/04.7
01/05.2 R.H. JOYSTYCK
RD
RD
RD
RD
-S206
Data/ Date
+104 2 3
..-..-....
A 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 1 4 A
5 6
Y/G
BL
YE
BLU
GN
GR
WH
Firma/ Sign.
3
02/02.3
02/03.4
02/03.7
02/03.10
02/03.2
02/01.3
01/08.5
8
01/08.3 04/01.1
-Q201
Data/ Date
+000
10A
..-..-....
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
201
B 02/02.1 B
Data/ Date
201
..-..-....
02/02.1
6
-S204 -S206
WORK/STOP
+150
02/01.12
07/11.2
C C
205
219
Descrizione
-D201 -D202
Description
DO7
07/09.11
07/09.12
D 222 D
-Y201
-K221
+000 +150
1 1
01/10.14 02/02.1
CONTROLLO AVANTI AVANTI

E E
DA JOYSTICK
Indice
Index
00
ROTAZIONE ROTARY MANTENUTA
Gruppo/ Group
02
CFA26 EPA II 01
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande ROTARY Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 ROTARY TABLE
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
02/02.6
02/02.5
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
..-..-....
201 201
02/01.14 02/03.1
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B B
-K219 -K219
Data/ Date
02/02.3 02/02.3
201
02/01.7 02/03.1
..-..-....
1
-S206 1 PUMP
02/01.12
207
242
243
C C
Descrizione
Description
D D
-K219 GN -Y205 -Y224

+000 -H219 +150 +150
+102
1 1
02/01.14 02/03.1
1° POMPA INDIETRO AVANTI
E E
-
TAGLIO 2° VELOCITA'
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
02
CFA26 EPA II 02
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
02/03.13 02/03.8 -- 02/03.8
02/03.3 02/03.8 02/03.11
Data/ Date
02/03.11
02/03.8
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
..-..-....
Firma/ Sign.
201 201
Disegnato/Drawn by
02/02.14
B B
201
02/02.4
Data/ Date
..-..-....
5 2 3 4
-S206 -K215 -S206 MIN
-S206 MED
-K216 -S206 MAX
-K218 -K215
02/03.2 02/03.4 02/03.10 02/03.2
02/01.12 02/01.12 02/01.12 02/01.12
233
236
C C
-K218 -K217
227
217
232
215
216
214
02/03.10 02/03.7
235
234
228
230
Descrizione
Description
-K217 -K217
02/03.7 02/03.7
229
D D
-Y220 -Y213
a b
+200 1 +200
-K215 GN -K216 GN -K217 GN GN -K218

+000 -H215 +000 -H218 +000 -H216 -H217 +000
+102 +102 +102 +102
1 1
02/02.14 02/04.1
a-MINIMA / b-MEDIA BLOCCO
BLOCCO MINIMA MEDIA MASSIMA REGOLAZ. AUTOM
E E
Indice
Index
00
CILINDRATA MOTORE ROTARY
ROTARY'S MOTOR DISPLACEMENT Modifiche/ Revisions
Gruppo/ Group
02
CFA26 EPA II 03
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
02/04.5
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
63
01/10.14 07/12.1
Firma/ Sign.
A B -S226
-S226 0 I AUTOMATISMO
+000 A X ARG. P.D.
B X
2711
Data/ Date
OFF
ON
..-..-....
-K717
07/12.9
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
278
271
B B
-K408
Data/ Date
04/01.9
..-..-....
282
272
275
-K718 -K144 -K225 -K134
278
07/12.8 01/09.3 02/04.10 01/08.7
C C
273 280
276
279
274
-K132
01/08.3
-K134 -K145 -K221 -S225

01/08.7 01/09.4 02/01.5 +M150
Descrizione
Description
SPINTA
281
M
277
D D
M
-Y219 -Y211 -Y206 -Y209 -Y207

-K225
+M150 +M150 +000 +M150 +M159 +M150
1 1
02/03.14 04/01.1
TENSIONAMENTO RITARATURA SPINTA TAGLIO SPINTA BY-PASS CONSENSO TIRO

E E
-
TENSIONAMENTO FUNE ARGANO P.D.
Indice
Index
00
PULL-DOWN WINCH ROPE TENSIONING
ARGANO PULL-DOWN Modifiche/ Revisions
M PULL-DOWN WINCH Gruppo/ Group
02
CFA26 EPA II 04
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande ARGANO PULL-DOWN Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 PULL-DOWN WINCH
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- 01/10.3 01/10.4 01/10.1 01/10.2 04/01.4
01/05.3 01/10.5 08/01.2 04/01.8
Data/ Date
02/04.2
3 04/01.12
02/01.3 05/01.1
..-..-....
A A
-Q401
Firma/ Sign.
+000
10A
Data/ Date
..-..-....
401 401
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B -S405 B
-S405 0 I
H -K408
X
Data/ Date
04/01.9
+113
..-..-....
401
-S401 -S402
-K408 -S403 -S404 -K408
RIMUOVERE CON -S401
RIMUOVERE CON -S402
04/01.9 +400 +400 04/01.9
406
07/11.6
C C
404
405
402
403
DO9
Descrizione
Description
H
D D
RD
-K401 -K402 -K403 -K404 -K408 -H405A -H405
+000 +000 +000 +000 +000 +102 +113
1 1 1
02/04.14 05/01.1
ANTERIORE POSTERIORE ANTERIORE POSTERIORE

BY-PASS LIMITI
DISCESA SALITA
E E
-
FINECORSA ARGANI
Indice
Index
00
WINCHS LIMIT SWITCH
FINECORSA ARGANI RIMUOVERE PONTE Gruppo/ Group

H WINCHS LIMIT SWITCH H REMOVE JUMP
n°401,n°402,n°403
04
CFA26 EPA II 01
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande FINECORSA ARGANI Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 WINCHS LIMIT SWITCH
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- 05/01.10
01/05.4
Data/ Date
3
04/01.3 07/01.1
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
-Q501
+000
10A
Data/ Date
D
..-..-....
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
511 -COND
B +D100 B
511 .511
Data/ Date
-S
-F2 -F2A
..-..-....
0 1 2 3
A X
10A B 7,5A
X
C X
rd
D X X X
A B C D
INT. KC
-S VENTILAZIONE 05/01.8
C C
3 VELOCITA'
L M N
gn
ANTIBRINA
ye
wh
Descrizione
Description
L M N 520
BINARY
or
524
D D
RESISTORE
523
ELETTROVENTOLA
KC C
ABITACOLO COMPRESSORE
.1
1
04/01.14 07/01.1
E E
Indice
Index
00
CONDIZIONATORE Gruppo/ Group

D CONDITIONER
05
CFA26 EPA II 01
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande CONDIZIONATORE Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 CONDITIONER
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- -U702
07/01.10
07/01.11
07/01.13
07/01.14
07/04.10
07/04.12
07/04.14
07/02.11
07/02.12
07/01.3 07/01.2
07/01.7
07/01.8
07/02.2
07/02.3
07/02.5
07/02.6
07/02.8
07/02.9
07/03.3
07/03.6
07/04.7
07/04.8
07/10.9
01/05.5 +000
Data/ Date
3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
..-..-....
A 07/05.1 A
05/01.4
(JUMP)
Firma/ Sign.
-Q701 SA SA
+000
10A
Data/ Date
..-..-....
-S703 -S717 -S716
Firma/ Sign.
701
Disegnato/Drawn by
I 0 2 I 0 2 I 0 2
B A X A X A X B
-K119 B X B X B X
Data/ Date
01/07.9
702 702
..-..-....
07/02.1
-K701 B B
A B A B A B
07/01.6 -S703 -S717 -S718
+113 +113 +113
708
A A
706
G
C C
-QID
709
710
712
713
714
715
+G155
-S701A
+G155
707
711 711
07/02.1
Descrizione
Description
-S701B
+G155 -K702 -U702 -U702 -U702 -U702 -U702 -U702
GN 07/01.2 07/01.11 07/01.11 07/01.11 07/01.11 07/01.11 07/01.11
07/01.3
711
D D
705
-S701B GN
+G155
705
-K702
+G155 07/01.2 -Y701
1 +156
-Y703 -Y717 -Y718
-K701 a b a b a b
+000 +157 +157 +157
1 1 1
05/01.4 07/02.1
E 1 » A - SERVIZI RUBINETTO a-RIENTRO / b-ESTENSIONE SINISTRA DESTRA E
-
2 » B - IDROPULITRICE
IDROPULITRICE ESTENSIONE CINGOLI a-SOLLEVA / b-ABBASSA
Indice
Index
00
WATER CLEANER TRAKS EXTENSION
STABILIZZATORI POSTERIORI
IDROPULITRICE REAR STABILISERS Gruppo/ Group

G WATER CLEANER
07
CFA26 EPA II 01
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande SERVIZI Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 SERVICES
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-S704A -S704B -S704C -S704D
Data/ Date
I 0 2 I 0 2 I 0 2 I 0 2
..-..-....
A A
A X A X A X A X
B X B X B X B X
Firma/ Sign.
702
07/01.14 07/03.1
Data/ Date
-PL704
+772
..-..-....
7041 7041
Firma/ Sign.
A B A B A B A B
-S704A -S704B -S704C -S704D
Disegnato/Drawn by
B +772 +772 +772 +772 B
Data/ Date
..-..-....
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
711 711 711
07/01.14 07/03.1
C C
-U702 -U702 -U702 -U702 -U702 -U702 -U702 -U702
07/01.11 07/01.11 07/01.11 07/01.11 07/01.11 07/01.11 07/01.11 07/01.11
Descrizione
Description
7048
7049
D -Y706 -Y716 -Y719 D
a b a b a b
+160 1 +160 1 +160
1
07/03.1 -Y704
a b
07/08.1 +157
1 1 1
07/01.14 07/03.1
a-RADDRIZZA / b-RIPIEGA a-BLOCCA / b-SBLOCCA a-SOLLEVA / b-ABBASSA
E E
-
FALCHETTO RIPIEGAMENTO MAST BLOCCAGGIO MAST SOLLEVAMENTO ZAVORRA
Indice
Index
JIB MAST FOLDING MAST LOCKING COUNTERWEIGHT LIFTING
00
Gruppo/ Group
07
CFA26 EPA II 02
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
07/03.4
07/03.5
Data/ Date
L
..-..-....
A A
-S725
Firma/ Sign.
I 0 2
A X
B X
702
Data/ Date
07/02.14 07/04.1
-PL725
..-..-....
I A B
+L773
-S725
Firma/ Sign.
+I113 -S725A -S725B
Disegnato/Drawn by
B +L773 +L773 B
Data/ Date
711 711 711
07/02.14 07/04.1
..-..-....
726
-U702 -U702
07/01.11 07/01.11
727
C 7252 711 C
7253
-K725
07/03.12
-K725
07/03.12
Descrizione
Description
7254
D D
726A
726B
I
-Y725
a b
1 +I160
07/02.5 07/04.1 -K725
+000
1
07/02.14 07/04.1
E a-APRE / b-CHIUDE E
-
CENTRATORE
Indice
Index
00
CENTRATORE CENTRING DEVICE
I CENTRING DEVICE Modifiche/ Revisions
Gruppo/ Group
CONTROLLO REMOTO
L REMOTE CONTROL
07
CFA26 EPA II 03
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
-S726 -S727
0 I I 0 2
A X A X
Data/ Date
B X
..-..-....
702 702
07/03.14
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B E A B
B
-S726 -S727
+E113 +E113 -K138 -K139
Data/ Date
01/09.6 01/09.8
..-..-....
711 711
07/03.14 07/10.9
728
729
730
731
732
-U702 -U702 -U702 -U702 -U702
C 07/01.11 07/01.11 07/01.11 07/01.11 07/01.11
C
Descrizione
Description
E F
D D
-Y726 -Y727 -Y728

a b a b
1 +E160 +E160 1 +F160

07/03.8
1
07/03.14 07/06.1
a-APRE / b-CHIUDE a-DISCESA-ON / b-SALITA-OFF
E VIBRATORE PINZA VIBRATORE PULISCI ELICA E
-
VIBRATOR VIBRATOR'S PLIERS AUGER CLEANER
Indice
Index
VIBRATORE
00
E VIBRATOR
PULISCI ELICA Gruppo/ Group

F AUGER CLEANER
07
CFA26 EPA II 04
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- --
01/05.6 01/05.6
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
3
07/01.4 08/01.1
Firma/ Sign.
6
01/04.4
Data/ Date
..-..-....
2D+
01/04.8
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B B
31
01/01.1 07/14.2
Data/ Date
-Q710 -Q711
..-..-....
07/14.2
+000 +000
2A 20A
07/14.2
C C
UE
UB
07/14.2
Descrizione
Description
1D+
31 (GND-XGND) UB UB
07/14.2 07/06.1
D D
-U701
55 65 66 67 68 28 54 56 57 58 59 60
GND/D GND/1 GND/1 GND/2 GND/2 D+ UE UB UB UB UB UB
EMERGENCY PERMANENT
E E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
07
CFA26 EPA II 05
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande ESX1 - ALIMENTAZIONE Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 ESX1 - FEEDING
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
UB
07/05.13 07/07.1
Firma/ Sign.
1
07/04.14 07/10.1
Data/ Date
..-..-....
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B B
Data/ Date
..-..-....
07/14.2
07/14.2
C C
CAN1H
CAN1L
Descrizione
Description
D -R7 +000 D
CAN2L
RSRD1
RSTD1
CAN2H
120R 1/2W 1%
-U701
27 26 53 33 4 5
CAN1H CAN1L CAN2H CAN2L RxD TxD
(RS232) (RS232)
E E
Indice
Index
00
COMUNICAZIONE CAN COMUNICAZIONE RS232
CAN COMUNICATION RS232 COMUNICATION Gruppo/ Group
07
CFA26 EPA II 06
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande ESX1 - COMUNICAZIONE Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 ESX1 - DATA COMMUNICATION
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-SAX / -SAY
PIN PIEDE MAST STATO OUTUTS
STATO INDICATIVO DELL'USCITA STATO INDICATIVO DELL'USCITA
-- 1 » +Ub (5....24V) -SAX ; -SAY
01/05.7
DELL'U703 PER IL SET-UP DELL'U704 PER IL SET-UP 3 4 2 » GND
5 FRONT
N. 1 PUNTI DI SET A " 0° " N. 3 PUNTI DI SET-UP 3 » earth
Data/ Date
MAST A 0° --> I = ~12mA MAST A 0° --> I = ~6,50mA 2 6 4 » analog ground
..-..-....
A A
UB MAST A +3° (DX) --> I = ~13,6mA MAST A 17° --> I = ~8,83mA 5 » 4...20mA output R-F
07/06.4 07/08.1 MAST A -3° (SX) --> I = ~10,4mA MAST A 95° --> I = ~19,22mA 1 7 6 » RxD >12mA
Firma/ Sign.
7 » TxD
LEFT RIGHT
12mA
UB
Data/ Date
VE85 L-R
..-..-....
<12mA
-DMI
07/08.1 REAR
+A700
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
A-B-C -SAX -SAY
B +A700 +A700 B
2 1 1 2
-U703 3 AI1 5 5 -U704 3 AI6
A-B-C
Data/ Date
+700 4 4 +700
..-..-....
1 2 2 1
VE85
-S7UPY3 -S7UPY2 -S7UPY -S7UPX

AIGN1
+771 +771 +771 +771
C +771 C
VE85 -PL7UP
-Q712
+000
1A
AI2
AI3
AI4
AI1
AI5
AI8
Descrizione
Description
AIGND
AI6 AI7
AI4
AI5
D D
-U701
1 23 6 29 7 30 8 31 9 32
AI/GND 8,5VDC AI/1 AI/2 AI/3 AI/4 AI/5 AI/6 AI/7 AI/8
ANALOG INPUT OUTPUT
4...20mA 4...20mA 4...20mA mA mA 4..20mA mA mA
GROUND MAX 1A
E ASSE'X' ASSE'X' ASSE'Y' SET SET ASSE'Y' SET '0' SET '0' E
OPZIONE "V1"
-
A "V1"OPTION RALLA MAST MAX ESTENSIONE 'PUNTONE ESTESO' RALLA MAST ASSE'Y' ASSE'X'
Indice
Index
OPZIONE "V2" MARTINETTI ASSE'Y'
00
B "V2" OPTION SENSORE INCLINOMETRI SENSORE
OPZIONE "V3" ROTATIVO MAST ROTATIVO Modifiche/ Revisions
C "V3"OPTION Gruppo/ Group
RIMUOVERE
A-B-C REMOVE -PL7UP 07
CFA26 EPA II 07
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande ESX1 - AI1..AI8 Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
INCLINAZIONE MAST
INTERVENTO FINECORSA
FALCHETTO
Data/ Date
UB -S723 -S722
07/07.3 07/09.1
-3° 0° 3°
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
UB
07/07.10 07/09.1 SX DX
B-C
Data/ Date
..-..-....
XB2 - +
Firma/ Sign.
+B400 UB <12mA >12mA
Disegnato/Drawn by
07/09.1
B U704 B
-PX1 -PX2 -S722 -S723 -S707 A B A
+700 +700 -S707 +108
Data/ Date
+B400 +B400 +3° -3° I 0 2
..-..-....
A X PIEDE MAST
B X
744A
-S714
0 I
A B
-S714 A X
+108 B X
C C
1
01/07.10
07/12.1
744
07/12.1
DI3
DI4
470R 470R
DI1
DI2
1
-R703 -R704
+700 +700
DI6
DI7
DI8
Descrizione
Description
07/15.4 07/15.4
D 07/02.5 D
DI5
-U701
34 12 35 13 36 14 37 15
DI/01 DI/02 DI/03 DI/04 DI/05 DI/06 DI/07 DI/08
E E
-
SENSORE 1 SENSORE 2 DESTRO SINISTRO SERVOCOMANDI SINCRONISMO MICRO DI ZERO ABILITAZIONE
Indice
Index
00
PROXIMITY 1 PROXIMITY 2 RIGHT LEFT SERVOCONTROLS SYNCHRONOUS MODE MICRO OF ZERO ENABLE
VERTICALITA'
Gruppo/ Group
MISURA PROFONDITA' INCLINAZIONE MAST VERTICALITY
DEPTH METER MAST INCLINATION 07
CFA26 EPA II 08
For general
OPZIONE "V2" D. ULLIANA 30/04/03

B "V2" OPTION
8-999014

F
casagrande ESX1 - DI01..DI08 Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
OPZIONE "V3" C. V. 30/04/03
C "V3"OPTION 33074 fontanafredda (pn) italy
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
INCLINAZIONE MAST ASSE 'Y'
STATO DELL'S710
Data/ Date
95°
..-..-....
A A
A RIPOSO
UB (CHIUSO)
Firma/ Sign.
07/08.11 07/15.2
15°
AZIONATO
UB (APERTO)
Data/ Date
07/08.7
0° MAST ORIZZONTALE
..-..-....
68k-1/2W
68k-1/2W
15k-1/2W
15k-1/2W
-S709 -S710 -S715
Firma/ Sign.
+700 +700 +155 SINISTRO
Disegnato/Drawn by
UB
B 07/08.12 B
Data/ Date
755
SET-UP
-S706M -S706A
..-..-....
+108 +108
-S716
+155 DESTRO
C C
02/01.2
02/01.3
DI9
DI10
DI11
DI12
DI13
Descrizione
Description
DI14
205
219
D D
-U701
38 16 39 17 40 18 41 19
DI/09 DI/10 DI/11 DI/12 DI/13 DI/14 DI/15 DI/16
SELEZIONE BY-PASS RESET BY-PASS MAST APPOGGIATO LIMITE PRESOLLVAM. STABILIZZATORI ABILITAZIONE CONTROLLO AVANTI
SU MARTINETTO E LIMITE ABBASSAM. POSTERIORI PULSANTIERA DA JOYSTICK
E PRESOLLEVAM. POSIZIONE BASSA ' SET-UP ' E
MARTINETTI INCLINAZIONE MAST
-
MAST INCLINATION CYLINDER ROTAZIONE ROTARY
Indice
MANTENUTA
Index
00
INCLINAZIONE MAST
MAST INCLINATION Modifiche/ Revisions
Gruppo/ Group
07
CFA26 EPA II 09
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande ESX1 - DI09..DI16 Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
-U701
4A c.m. 4A c.m. 4A c.m. 4A c.m 4A c.m. 4A
Data/ Date
..-..-....
D0/01 D0/02 D0/03 D0/04 D0/05 D0/06
46 47 48 49 64 61
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B B
Data/ Date
..-..-....
DO1
DO2
DO3
DO5
DO6
-U702
07/01.11
DO4
711
C C
07/12.1
07/04.14
Descrizione
Description
D D
-Y721
+157
1 1
07/06.4 07/11.1
DISPONIBILE DISPONIBILE DISPONIBILE BY-PASS DISPONIBILE

ALIMENTAZIONE
AVAILABLE AVAILABLE AVAILABLE MARTINETTI DI AVAILABLE
DANFOSS
INCLINAZIONE
DANFOSS
E POWER SUPPLY E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
07
CFA26 EPA II 10
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande ESX1 - DO01..DO06 Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
01/09.14
01/10.10
Data/ Date
01/10.13
--
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
-U701
4A 4A 2,5A 2,5A 2,5A 2,5A
Data/ Date
..-..-....
DO/07 DO/08 DO/09 DO/10 DO/11 DO/12
62 63 24 2 25 3
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B B
Data/ Date
..-..-....
DO11
DO7
DO10
DO12
DO9
DO8
C C
04/01.12
01/10.14
02/01.7
Descrizione
Description
D D
GN GN
-H708 -H706M
-K707 +102 +102
+000
1 1
07/10.14 07/12.1
ROTARY BLOCCO ALLARME VERTICALITA' SPIA CONSENSO SPIA PULSANTE

AVANTI ROTAZIONE VERTICALITY ROTAZIONE TORRETTA BY-PASS
E TORRETTA E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
07
CFA26 EPA II 11
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande ESX1 - DO07..DO12 Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
02/04.2 02/04.3
-U701
Data/ Date
20..80%UB 20..80%UB 0..32V IN 0..32V IN 20..80%UB 0..32V IN
..-..-....
A A
BB1/1 BB1/2 BB1/3 BB1/4 BB1/5 BB1/6
Firma/ Sign.
42 20 43 21 44 22
Data/ Date
..-..-....
BB11
BB12
BB13
BB14
BB16
SINISTRO DESTRO
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
LEFT RIGHT
B 07/15.4 07/15.4 PRESOLLEVAMENTO B
-S711 -S712 -S713
Data/ Date
+108 +108 +108
..-..-....
+/-
+/-
+/-
+/-
+/-
+/-
S
S
744 744
07/08.14
DI7 DI7
07/08.11
1
C C
DO6 DO6
07/10.12
63 63
02/04.14
7505 7505
7506 7506
Descrizione
Description
BB15
DO6
07/15.4 07/15.4
1
D D
742
747
7506
7505
-Y711 +156 -Y712 +156 -Y713 +156
-K718 -K717
+000 +000
1
07/11.14 07/15.2
12-6V » A - ABBASSA 12-6V » A - ABBASSA 12-6V » A - ABBASSA
E 12-18V » B - SOLLEVA 12-18V » B - SOLLEVA 12-18V » B - SOLLEVA E
-
SINISTRO DESTRO PRESOLLEVAMENTO
Indice
Index
00
LEFT RIGHT
Gruppo/ Group
MARTINETTI INCLINAZIONE MAST
MAST INCLINATION CYLINDER 07
CFA26 EPA II 12
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande ESX1 - BB1 Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
-U701
Data/ Date
..-..-....
BB2/1 BB2/2 BB2/3 BB2/4 BB2/5 BB2/6
45 11 50 51 52 10
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B B
Data/ Date
..-..-....
BB21
BB22
BB23
BB24
BB25
BB26
C C
Descrizione
Description
D D
NON DISPONIBILE
E E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
07
CFA26 EPA II 13
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande ESX1 - BB2 Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
A-B-C
Data/ Date
..-..-....
X100A X100B X100C - X100D DISPLAY
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B CONNETTORE CONNETTORE COLLEGAMENTO B
IN CABINA DI BY-PASS CONNETTORE IN CABINA
Data/ Date
IN CABINA CONNETTORE SU DISPLAY
..-..-....
-D701
31 31 +DISP
07/05.3
UB UB
07/05.11
UE
07/05.9
CAN1H CAN1H
120R 1/2W 1%
C 07/06.3 C
-R702
CAN1L +100
CAN1L
07/06.5
2D+
07/05.7
1D+
07/05.7
Descrizione
Description
D D
RSRXD RSRXD
RSTXD RSTXD
E E
Indice
Index
00
OPZIONE "V1" Modifiche/ Revisions
A "V1"OPTION Gruppo/ Group
OPZIONE "V2"
B "V2" OPTION
07
Foglio/ Sheet di fogli/of sheets
OPZIONE "V3" Disegnato/ Drawn by Data/ Date Sost. il/ Replaces Data/Date Firma/Signature
C CFA26 EPA II 14
For general
"V3"OPTION D. ULLIANA 30/04/03

8-999014

F
casagrande DISPLAY Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 DISPLAY
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
UB
07/09.9
Data/ Date
1
07/12.14 08/01.1
..-..-....
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B -U710 LIMITS CONTROL UNIT OF
B
MAST INCLINATION RAMS
+000
Data/ Date
R5
R6
..-..-....
4321
UB
OFF IIII SW
ELETTROVALVOLA DX
ELETTROVALVOLA SX
CONSENSO DISCESA
LIMITE INCLINAZ. DX
LIMITE INCLINAZ. SX
ON
MANIPOLATORE DX
MANIPOLATORE SX
CONSENSO SALITA
R5/R6 COM. POS.
R5/R6 COM. GND

R5 - SEGNALE
R6 - SEGNALE
SW COM.
SW 1
SW 2
SW 3
SW 4
GND
C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 C
BB11
07/12.2
Descrizione
Description
742
07/12.3
D D
BB12
07/12.4
747
07/12.6
DI4
07/08.7
E DI3 E
07/08.6
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
07
CFA26 EPA II 15
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande SCHEDA CONTROLLO LIMITI (MAST) Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 MAST CONTROL CARD
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
07/16.7 07/16.7 07/16.7 07/16.7
07/16.9 07/16.9 07/16.9 07/16.9
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
SCHEDA LIMITI
Firma/ Sign.
MANIPOLATORE MANIPOLATORE
INCLINAZIONE MAST U710 SEGNALE SX SEGNALE DX
97903160 1 3
Data/ Date
..-..-....
-C1 10µF -C2 10µF
63V
-K3 -K3
63V + +
07/16.9 07/16.9
Firma/ Sign.
S S
Disegnato/Drawn by
-R5 -R6
B -V1 -V2 - 0 - 0 B
-K2 1N4007 1N4007 -K1
07/16.6 07/16.4
Data/ Date
..-..-....
1 4
-K1 -K2
07/16.4 -V3 -V4 07/16.6
1N4007 1N4007
-K4 -K4
07/16.11 07/16.11
C C
2 4
14 15 16 17 18 ELETTROVALVOLA ELETTROVALVOLA 10 13 11 12
SX. DX. +VDC GND SEGNALE SEGNALE
R5/R6 R5/R6 R5 R6
Descrizione
Description
FINECORSA FINECORSA CONSENSO CONSENSO NEGATIVO
D LIMITE SX. LIMITE DX. SALITA DISCESA (GROUND) D
6 7 8 9 5
4K7 4K7 4K7 4K7

-R1 -R2 -R3 -R4
-K1 -V5 -K2 -V6 -K3 -V7 -K4 -V8

E E
1N4007 -V9 1N4007 -V10 1N4007 -V11 1N4007 -V12
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
07
CFA26 EPA II 16
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande SCHEDA CONTROLLO LIMITI (MAST) Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 MAST CONTROL CARD
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
08/01.5 08/01.10
-- 08/01.4
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
3
07/05.12
Firma/ Sign.
J
-Q801
+000
Data/ Date
6A
--
..-..-....
01/05.8 -U801
+J100
Firma/ Sign.
CONTROLLER
Disegnato/Drawn by
B B
B2T....
Data/ Date
MRWR (0..3A)
801
..-..-....
ACTIVATED
CONTROL
SIGNAL
SIGNAL GND
SIGNAL OUT
AUTOMATIC
01/08.3
ENABLING
LIFTING
24VDC
24VDC
COM
N. O.
N. C.
GND
GND
- + 18 47 6 4 3 9 8 5 7
-K802
C 08/01.8
C
801
68
805
803
808
Descrizione
-K404
Description
04/01.7 -K802 J
802
-K801 08/01.8
08/01.2
D 807 D
804
809
-Y801
+J150
-Y802
806
-K801 -K802
+000 +J150 +000
1 1 1
07/15.12
SALITA RISALITA
E E
ARGANI AUTOMATICA
Indice
Index
00
J. L. RISALITA AUTOMATICA Gruppo/ Group

J J. L. AUTOMATIC LIFTING
08
CFA26 EPA II 01
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande J. L. RISALITA AUTOMATICA Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 J. L. AUTOMATIC LIFTING
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
SIGLA Q.TA' CODICE DESCRIZIONE FOGLIO SCHEMA LOC.
MARK Q.TY CODE DESCRIPTION DRAWING REF. LOC.
Data/ Date
-F101 1 97415084 Portafusibile Portafusibile MIDIVAL 01.00360 Fuse holder 01 01 4 +010
1 97417302 Fusibile Fusibile MIDIVAL 80A 06.02080 Fuse 01 01 4 +010
..-..-....
2 97427143 Terminale Terminale MIDI sez.6-8 M5 11.08245 Ring terminal 01 01 4 +010
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B 2 97427143 Terminale Terminale MIDI sez.6-8 M5 11.08245 Ring terminal 01 01 6 +010 B
-F103 1 97415083 Portafusibile Portafusibile MEGAVAL 01.00380 Fuse holder 01 01 13 +010
1 97417297 Fusibile Fusibile MEGAVAL 150A 06.01150 Fuse 01 01 13 +010
Data/ Date
..-..-....
2 97427143 Terminale Terminale MIDI sez.6-8 M5 11.08245 Ring terminal 01 01 2 +010
-F106 1 97415086 Portafusibile Portafusibile lam.1 via UNIVAL 30.50153 Fuse holder 01 01 1 +010
1 97417284 Fusibile Fusibile lamellare 20A giallo Fuse 01 01 1 +010
-G101 1 97427120 Morsetto Mors.batteria posit. 70MMQ Holdfast 01 01 2 +011
1 97427121 Morsetto Mors.batteria negat.70MMQ Holdfast 01 01 2 +011
1 97451008 Capuccio Cappuccio di protezione MORS. POS Protection 01 01 2 +011
C
1 97451009 Capuccio Cappuccio di protezione MORS. NEG. Protection 01 01 2 +011 C
1 97801009 Batteria Batteria 12V 145AH 950A Battery 01 01 2 +011
-G102 1 97427120 Morsetto Mors.batteria posit. 70MMQ Holdfast 01 01 2 +011
1 97427121 Morsetto Mors.batteria negat.70MMQ Holdfast 01 01 2 +011
1 97451008 Capuccio Cappuccio di protezione MORS. POS Protection 01 01 2 +011
1 97451009 Capuccio Cappuccio di protezione MORS. NEG. Protection 01 01 2 +011
1 97801009 Batteria Batteria 12V 145AH 950A Battery 01 01 2 +011
-H100 1 97303001 Lampadina Plafoniera 10.104.000 24V Light 01 04 4 +000
1 97403049 Lampada Lampada a siluro S 8,5 24V 5W 36x11 Light 01 04 4 +000
Descrizione
Description
-H101 1 97435086 Indicatore Strum.Modulcockpit combi 8 spie 24V Indicators 01 05 10 +101
-H107 1 97445001 Clacson Avvisatore acust. BA 002.768.382 24VDC Horn 01 07 8 +100
-H110 1 97302003 Lampadina Lampadina H3 / Pk22s 24V 70W Lamp 01 06 13 +010
D 1 97302024 Proiettore Proiettore rett. COBO 05.477.000 Headlight 01 06 13 +010 D
-H111 1 97302003 Lampadina Lampadina H3 / Pk22s 24V 70W Lamp 01 06 14 +010
1 97302024 Proiettore Proiettore rett. COBO 05.477.000 Headlight 01 06 14 +010
-H135 1 97404294 Spia Elem. spia 16 verde XB6-CV3BB Pilot light 01 08 13 +102
-H136 1 97445024 Clacson Avvisat. acust. 11-100VDC Horn 01 07 13 +155
-H141 1 97404295 Spia Elem. spia 16 rossa XB6-CV4BB Pilot light 01 09 13 +102
-H1DL 1 97404303 Spia Elem. spia 16 gialla XB6-CV5BB Pilot light 01 02 12 +102
-H1ML 1 97404303 Spia Elem. spia 16 gialla XB6-CV5BB Pilot light 01 02 13 +102
-H1SL 1 97404295 Spia Elem. spia 16 rossa XB6-CV4BB Pilot light 01 02 10 +102
-H1WL 1 97404303 Spia Elem. spia 16 gialla XB6-CV5BB Pilot light 01 02 14 +102
-K101 1 97423183 Relè Rele' separatore 0.333.301.010 Relay 01 01 3 +011
E E
1 97903028 Antidisturbo Antidisturbo a diodo LG-A-03 26004 Antijamming 01 01 3 +011
-
-K104 1 97423381 Relè Rele' pot.24V 45A BOSCH0332.002.250 Relay 01 04 7 +000
1 97903028 Antidisturbo Antidisturbo a diodo LG-A-03 26004 Antijamming 01 04 7 +000
Indice
Index
00
-K109 1 97423167 Zoccolo Zoccolo rele' mini Socket 01 06 12 +000
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D01
CFA26 EPA II 01
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande DISTINTA Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 PART-LIST
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
1 97423319 Relè Rele' mini 24V Relay 01 06 12 +000
..-..-....
-K113 2 97423191 Clips Clips x rele' LY tipo PYC-A1 Clip 01 07 2 +000
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
1 97423304 Relè Rele' MY2 24Vdc Relay 01 07 2 +000
B 1 97423306 Zoccolo Zoccolo rele' PYF08A-E Socket 01 07 2 +000 B
-K119 1 97423115 Relè Rele' LY4 24Vdc Relay 01 07 9 +000
1 97423146 Zoccolo Zoccolo rele' PTF14A-E Socket 01 07 9 +000
Data/ Date
2 97423191 Clips Clips x rele' LY tipo PYC-A1 Clip 01 07 9 +000
..-..-....
1 97423283 Relè Rele' LY2 24Vdc Relay 01 08 2 +000
C
2 97423191 Clips Clips x rele' LY tipo PYC-A1 Clip 01 08 3 +000 C
2 97423191 Clips Clips x rele' LY tipo PYC-A1 Clip 01 08 7 +000
-K134A 1 97423167 Zoccolo Zoccolo rele' mini Socket 01 08 8 +000
Descrizione
Description
1 97423306 Zoccolo Zoccolo rele' PYF08A-E Socket 01 08 12 +000
D 1 97423319 Relè Rele' mini 24V Relay 01 09 2 +000 D
-K141 1 97423328 Relè Rele' passo-passo 2023 9024 24Vdc Relay 01 09 12 +000
E E
-
Indice
Index
00
-K1G1 1 97423374 Relè Rele' pot.24V 100A CUMMINS 3916302 Relay 01 01 13 +010
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D01
CFA26 EPA II 02
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
-K1M1 1 97423374 Relè Rele' pot.24V 100A CUMMINS 3916302 Relay 01 01 5 +010
-M1 1 90101177 Motore diesel Motore CUMMINS QSC 8.3 CFA26 (ST) Diesel engine 01 01 4 +010
..-..-....
-M103 1 93103018 Pompa Pompa gasolio Maestri 872/N Pump 01 06 5
-P101 1 97435084 Indicatore Strum.ind.Modulcockpit dgt rpm/hour 24V Indicators 01 05 6 +101
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
-P102 1 97435085 Indicatore Strum.ind.Modulcockpit combi 4 24V Indicators 01 05 3 +101
B -Q101 1 97405377 Interruttore Interr.magn.term.C60a 1p 40A C Switch 01 04 2 +000 B
-Q102 1 97405371 Interruttore Interr.magn.term.C60a 1p 6A C Switch 01 04 7 +000
Data/ Date
1 97405378 Contatto Cont.ausil. 'OF' per C60 Contact 01 06 3 +000
..-..-....
-Q2M 1 97405371 Interruttore Interr.magn.term.C60a 1p 6A C Switch 01 03 5 +000
C
1 97405378 Contatto Cont.ausil. 'OF' per C60 Contact 01 03 5 +000 C
Descrizione
Description
-R101 1 90904080 Manopola Manopola MI 204/45-B6 Knob 01 02 2 +103
1 97449083 Potenziometro Potenziometro OFEL PSS 48-8W-2Kohm Potentiometer 01 02 2 +103
-R102 1 97449078 Resistenza Resistenza 220 Ohm - 1/2W - 1% Resistance 01 02 2 +103
D -R103 1 97449084 Resistenza Resistenza 470 Ohm 1/2W Resistance 01 02 1 +103 D
-S1 1 97404244 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NO ZBE-101 Electric contact element 01 02 5 +103
1 97404246 Selettore Elem.selettore 2pos.stab.ZB4-BD2 Electric control element 01 02 5 +103
1 97404254 Base fissaggio Elem.base di fissaggio ZB4-BZ009 Socket element 01 02 5 +103
-S101 1 97405149 Coperchio Coperchio BOSCH 3.347.000.032 Cover 01 04 7 +103
1 97405201 Interruttore Interr.ch.avv. BOSCH 0342.311.003 Switch 01 04 7 +103
-S103 1 97443128 Trasmettitore pressione Trasmettitore pressione olio Oil pressure transmitter 01 01 10 +010
-S104 1 97435087 Galleggiante Gallegg.a tubo 224.082/014/015 VDO Float 01 05 4 +012
-S105 2 97404245 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NC ZBE-102 Electric contact element 01 04 7 +105
1 97404249 Pulsante Elem.pulsante agg.rosso ZB4-BS834 Electric control element 01 04 7 +105
-S108A 1 97404245 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NC ZBE-102 Electric contact element 01 06 3 +000
E E
1 97404250 Pulsante Elem.pulsante nero ZB4-BA2 Pusch button 01 06 3 +000
-
1 97404299 Cappuccio Elem.cappuccio trasparente ZBP-0 Protection 01 06 3 +000
Indice
Index
00
-S108B 1 97404038 Lampadina Lampadina BA9s 12V 3W 23x9,3 Lamp 01 06 3 +000
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D01
CFA26 EPA II 03
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
1 97404265 Elem.elettrico Elem.luminoso Ba9s + base ZB4-BV6 Electric control element 01 06 3 +000
1 97404289 Pulsante Elem.pulsante lum.verde ZB4-BW33 Push botton 01 06 3 +000
..-..-....
1 97404299 Cappuccio Elem.cappuccio trasparente ZBP-0 Protection 01 06 3 +000
-S109 1 97435081 Interuttore Interr. di liv.GEMS LS1950-014-1254 Switch 01 07 2 +151
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
-S110 1 97435099 Interuttore livello Interr. di livello SAIET ILSP.2 Level switch 01 06 3 +012
B -S111 1 97404244 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NO ZBE-101 Electric contact element 01 06 12 +113 B
Data/ Date
-S112 1 97443115 Termostato Termostato NTBC 50CA Thermostat 01 07 5 +151
..-..-....
-S113 1 97443122 Termostato Termostato NTBC100CA Thermostat 01 07 7 +151
-S114 1 97443114 Termostato Termostato NTBC 40CA Thermostat 01 07 4 +151
-S115 1 97406083 Indicatore intasamento Indicatore intasamento 504.01 Clogging indicator 01 07 4 +151
-S122 1 97423187 Finecorsa Finecorsa XCK-P121 Limit switch 01 07 9 +100
C
-S123 1 97443111 Pressostato Pressostato PMM10A14K + CAP3 Pressure switch 01 07 13 +150 C
-S133 1 97405334 Interruttore Interruttore a pedale XPE-M110 Switch 01 08 9 +100
1 97405335 Dispositivo blocco Disp.di blocco XPE-Z903 per XPE-M Device 01 08 9 +100
1 97404298 Selettore Elem.selettore ch.2pos.temp.ZB4-BG6FO15 Electric control element 01 08 12 +103
Descrizione
Description
-S141 1 92438207 Servocomandi HPV1C01E043S0-2963(DX)YRRRBG-8R-T1-RO Control block 01 09 12 +110
-S143 1 97443111 Pressostato Pressostato PMM10A14K + CAP3 Pressure switch 01 09 2 +150
-S144 1 97443013 Pressostato Pressostato 100 P 14C3 Pressure switch 01 09 3 +150
D -S145 1 97443013 Pressostato Pressostato 100 P 14C3 Pressure switch 01 09 4 +150 D
-S1DEC 1 97404305 Pulsante Elem.pulsante 16 nero ZB6-CA25B Pusch button 01 02 8 +102
1 97404318 Capsula Elem.capsula marchiata ZB6-YC119 Pusch button element 01 02 8 +102
-S1INC 1 97404305 Pulsante Elem.pulsante 16 nero ZB6-CA25B Pusch button 01 02 7 +102
1 97404318 Capsula Elem.capsula marchiata ZB6-YC119 Pusch button element 01 02 7 +102
-S1PT 1 97404305 Pulsante Elem.pulsante 16 nero ZB6-CA25B Pusch button 01 02 6 +102
-V101 1 97419052 Diodo Diodo 1N 4007 Diode 01 07 13 +000
-V102 1 97419052 Diodo Diodo 1N 4007 Diode 01 07 13 +000
XC1-+ 1 97409005 Connettore Connettore F1 polo COBO 30160231201 Connector 01 06 10
1 97427014 Connettore Terminale F antisfilam. s 4-6 Connector 01 06 10
XC1-+BAT 1 97409005 Connettore Connettore F1 polo COBO 30160231201 Connector 01 06 9
1 97427014 Connettore Terminale F antisfilam. s 4-6 Connector 01 06 9
E E
-Y102 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 01 07 5 +013
-
1 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 01 07 5 +013
1 97903142 Bobina Bobina S8H 26Vdc cl.H Bobbin 01 07 5 +013
Indice
Index
00
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D01
CFA26 EPA II 04
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
2 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 01 10 7 +150
..-..-....
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B -Y106 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 01 10 10 +150 B
Data/ Date
..-..-....
C
1 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 01 10 6 +150 C
Descrizione
Description
D D
E E
Indice
Index
00
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D01
CFA26 EPA II 05
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
-D201 1 97419052 Diodo Diodo 1N 4007 Diode 02 01 5 +000
-D202 1 97419052 Diodo Diodo 1N 4007 Diode 02 01 6 +000
..-..-....
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B -H218 1 97404294 Spia Elem. spia 16 verde XB6-CV3BB Pilot light 02 03 5 +102 B
-K215 1 97423348 Relè Rele' passo-passo 2022 9024 24Vdc Relay 02 03 2 +000
Data/ Date
..-..-....
C
-K219 1 97423348 Relè Rele' passo-passo 2022 9024 24Vdc Relay 02 02 3 +000 C
-S204 1 97443111 Pressostato Pressostato PMM10A14K + CAP3 Pressure switch 02 01 2 +150
-S206 1 92438206 Servocomandi HPV1C01E043/094S0-2953(SX)BBYRGG-8R-T1-RO Control block 02 01 12 +104
Descrizione
Description
-S225 1 97443111 Pressostato Pressostato PMM10A14K + CAP3 Pressure switch 02 04 10 +M150
1 97404245 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NC ZBE-102 Electric contact element 02 04 2 +000
D 1 97404254 Base fissaggio Elem.base di fissaggio ZB4-BZ009 Socket element 02 04 2 +000 D
1 97404261 Selettore Elem.selettore ch.2pos.stab.ZB4-BG2 Electric control element 02 04 2 +000
-Y206 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 02 04 11 +M150
1 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 02 04 11 +M150
1 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 02 04 11 +M150
E E
-
Indice
Index
00
1 97903011 Bobina Bobina S3.H-3A OC 24Vdc Bobbin 02 04 12 +M159
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D02
CFA26 EPA II 01
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
..-..-....
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B 1 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 02 03 13 +200 B
Data/ Date
..-..-....
C C
Descrizione
Description
D D
E E
Indice
Index
00
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D02
CFA26 EPA II 02
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
-H405 1 97445025 Ronzatore Ronzatore 24VCC/CA XB5-KSA Warning horn 04 01 12 +113
-H405A 1 97404295 Spia Elem. spia 16 rossa XB6-CV4BB Pilot light 04 01 10 +102
..-..-....
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B 1 97423304 Relè Rele' MY2 24Vdc Relay 04 01 3 +000 B
Data/ Date
..-..-....
C
1 97405378 Contatto Cont.ausil. 'OF' per C60 Contact 04 01 2 +000 C
1 97404302 Selettore Elem.selettore ch.2pos.stab.ZB4-BG210 Electric control element 04 01 9 +113
Descrizione
Description
D D
E E
Indice
Index
00
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D04
CFA26 EPA II 01
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
-COND 1 90807066 Condizionatore Riscald./condizion. CFA26 Conditioner 05 01 4 +D100
..-..-....
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B B
Data/ Date
..-..-....
C C
Descrizione
Description
D D
E E
Indice
Index
00
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D05
CFA26 EPA II 01
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
-D701 1 97705204 Display Display M.M.I. (2) Display 07 14 11 +DISP
-DMI 1 97406038 Custodia Custodia di alluminio 01.16 26 09 Box 07 07 4 +A700
..-..-....
-H706M 1 97404294 Spia Elem. spia 16 verde XB6-CV3BB Pilot light 07 11 12 +102
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B 1 97423319 Relè Rele' mini 24V Relay 07 01 6 +000 B
-K702 1 97423167 Zoccolo Zoccolo rele' mini Socket 07 01 2 +G155
1 97423319 Relè Rele' mini 24V Relay 07 01 2 +G155
Data/ Date
..-..-....
C
1 97423304 Relè Rele' MY2 24Vdc Relay 07 03 11 +000 C
-PL704 1 97404008 Pulsantiera Pulsantiera vuota XAC-A04 Push button 07 02 2 +772
-PL725 1 97404007 Pulsantiera Pulsantiera vuota XAC-A02 Push button 07 03 7 +L773
-PL7UP 1 97404008 Pulsantiera Pulsantiera vuota XAC-A04 Push button 07 07 11 +771
-PX1 1 97423345 Sensore Sensore indutt.E2EG-X5B1 18 PNP-NO Proximity 07 08 2 +B400
-PX2 1 97423345 Sensore Sensore indutt.E2EG-X5B1 18 PNP-NO Proximity 07 08 3 +B400
Descrizione
Description
-Q710 1 97405369 Interruttore Interr.magn.term.C60N 1p 2A C Switch 07 05 8 +000
D 1 97405378 Contatto Cont.ausil. 'OF' per C60 Contact 07 05 10 +000 D
-Q712 1 97405368 Interruttore Interr.magn.term.C60N 1p 1A C Switch 07 07 2 +000
-QID 1 97406075 Custodia Custodia di alluminio 01.08 13 06 Box 07 01 1 +G155
-R7 1 97449076 Resistenza Resistenza 120 Ohm 1/2W 1% Resistance 07 06 3 +000
-R702 1 97449076 Resistenza Resistenza 120 Ohm 1/2W 1% Resistance 07 14 7 +100
-R703 1 97449084 Resistenza Resistenza 470 Ohm 1/2W Resistance 07 08 2 +700
-R704 1 97449084 Resistenza Resistenza 470 Ohm 1/2W Resistance 07 08 4 +700
-S701A 1 97404245 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NC ZBE-102 Electric contact element 07 01 2 +G155
1 97404250 Pulsante Elem.pulsante nero ZB4-BA2 Pusch button 07 01 2 +G155
1 97404254 Base fissaggio Elem.base di fissaggio ZB4-BZ009 Socket element 07 01 2 +G155
1 97404299 Cappuccio Elem.cappuccio trasparente ZBP-0 Protection 07 01 2 +G155
E E
-S701B 1 97404039 Lampadina Lampadina BA9s 24V 3W 23x9,3 Lamp 07 01 2 +G155
-
1 97404244 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NO ZBE-101 Electric contact element 07 01 2 +G155
1 97404265 Elem.elettrico Elem.luminoso Ba9s + base ZB4-BV6 Electric control element 07 01 2 +G155
Indice
Index
00
1 97404289 Pulsante Elem.pulsante lum.verde ZB4-BW33 Push botton 07 01 2 +G155
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D07
CFA26 EPA II 01
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
1 97404299 Cappuccio Elem.cappuccio trasparente ZBP-0 Protection 07 01 2 +G155
..-..-....
1 97404248 Selettore Elem.selettore 3pos.temp.ZB4-BD5 Electric control element 07 01 8 +113
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
-S704A 2 97404073 Contatto Elemento contatto N.O. ZB2-BE101 Electric contact element 07 02 3 +772
B 1 97404148 Selettore Elem.di com.sel.3pos.temp.ZA2-BD5 Electric control element 07 02 3 +772 B
-S704B 2 97404073 Contatto Elemento contatto N.O. ZB2-BE101 Electric contact element 07 02 6 +772
1 97404148 Selettore Elem.di com.sel.3pos.temp.ZA2-BD5 Electric control element 07 02 6 +772
Data/ Date
-S704C 2 97404073 Contatto Elemento contatto N.O. ZB2-BE101 Electric contact element 07 02 8 +772
..-..-....
-S704D 2 97404073 Contatto Elemento contatto N.O. ZB2-BE101 Electric contact element 07 02 11 +772
-S706A 1 97404245 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NC ZBE-102 Electric contact element 07 09 4 +108
-S706M 1 97404244 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NO ZBE-101 Electric contact element 07 09 3 +108
C
1 97404250 Pulsante Elem.pulsante nero ZB4-BA2 Pusch button 07 09 3 +108 C
-S709 1 97423352 Finecorsa Finecorsa XCM-A111 Limit switch 07 09 5 +700
1 97449086 Resistenza Resistenza 15K 1/2W 1% Resistance 07 09 5 +700
1 97449087 Resistenza Resistenza 68k 1/2W 1% Resistance 07 09 5 +700
-S710 1 97423353 Finecorsa Finecorsa ZC-Q2255 pulsante rotella Limit switch 07 09 7 +700
Descrizione
Description
1 97449086 Resistenza Resistenza 15K 1/2W 1% Resistance 07 09 7 +700
1 97449087 Resistenza Resistenza 68k 1/2W 1% Resistance 07 09 7 +700
-S711 1 97403085 Servocomando Servocomando prop.PVRES 155 B 4210 Joystyck 07 12 6 +108
D -S712 1 97403085 Servocomando Servocomando prop.PVRES 155 B 4210 Joystyck 07 12 8 +108 D
-S713 1 97403085 Servocomando Servocomando prop.PVRES 155 B 4210 Joystyck 07 12 12 +108
1 97404245 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NC ZBE-102 Electric contact element 07 08 12 +108
1 97404307 Selettore Elem.selettore 2pos.temp.ZB4-BD4 Electric control element 07 08 12 +108
-S715 1 97423321 Finecorsa Finecorsa ZCK-J1 corpo TELEMEC. Limit switch 07 09 8 +155
1 97423322 Finecorsa testa Finecorsa ZCK-E05 testa t. TELEMEC. Limit switch head 07 09 8 +155
1 97423326 Finecorsa Finecorsa ZCK-Y43 rot.reg. TELEMEC. Limit switch 07 09 8 +155
-S716 1 97423321 Finecorsa Finecorsa ZCK-J1 corpo TELEMEC. Limit switch 07 09 8 +155
1 97423322 Finecorsa testa Finecorsa ZCK-E05 testa t. TELEMEC. Limit switch head 07 09 8 +155
1 97423326 Finecorsa Finecorsa ZCK-Y43 rot.reg. TELEMEC. Limit switch 07 09 8 +155
E E
-S717 1 97403176 Manipolatore Manipolatore 3pos.temp.XD4-PA22 Electric knob 07 01 10 +113
-
-S718 1 97403176 Manipolatore Manipolatore 3pos.temp.XD4-PA22 Electric knob 07 01 13 +113
-S722 1 97423250 Finecorsa Finecorsa XCK-M121 Limit switch 07 08 5 +700
Indice
Index
00
-S723 1 97423250 Finecorsa Finecorsa XCK-M121 Limit switch 07 08 7 +700
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D07
CFA26 EPA II 02
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
-S725 2 97404244 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NO ZBE-101 Electric contact element 07 03 4 +I113
1 97404248 Selettore Elem.selettore 3pos.temp.ZB4-BD5 Electric control element 07 03 4 +I113
..-..-....
1 97404254 Base fissaggio Elem.base di fissaggio ZB4-BZ009 Socket element 07 03 4 +I113
-S725A 2 97404073 Contatto Elemento contatto N.O. ZB2-BE101 Electric contact element 07 03 8 +L773
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
1 97404086 Pulsante Elem.di com.puls.nero XAC-A9412 Push button 07 03 8 +L773
B -S725B 2 97404073 Contatto Elemento contatto N.O. ZB2-BE101 Electric contact element 07 03 10 +L773 B
1 97404086 Pulsante Elem.di com.puls.nero XAC-A9412 Push button 07 03 10 +L773
-S726 1 97404244 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NO ZBE-101 Electric contact element 07 04 6 +E113
Data/ Date
1 97404246 Selettore Elem.selettore 2pos.stab.ZB4-BD2 Electric control element 07 04 6 +E113
..-..-....
1 97404254 Base fissaggio Elem.base di fissaggio ZB4-BZ009 Socket element 07 04 6 +E113
-S727 2 97404244 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NO ZBE-101 Electric contact element 07 04 9 +E113
1 97404248 Selettore Elem.selettore 3pos.temp.ZB4-BD5 Electric control element 07 04 9 +E113
1 97404254 Base fissaggio Elem.base di fissaggio ZB4-BZ009 Socket element 07 04 9 +E113
-S7UPX 1 97404073 Contatto Elemento contatto N.O. ZB2-BE101 Electric contact element 07 07 15 +771
1 97404086 Pulsante Elem.di com.puls.nero XAC-A9412 Push button 07 07 15 +771
-S7UPY 1 97404073 Contatto Elemento contatto N.O. ZB2-BE101 Electric contact element 07 07 14 +771
C
1 97404086 Pulsante Elem.di com.puls.nero XAC-A9412 Push button 07 07 14 +771 C
-S7UPY2 1 97404073 Contatto Elemento contatto N.O. ZB2-BE101 Electric contact element 07 07 13 +771
-S7UPY3 1 97404073 Contatto Elemento contatto N.O. ZB2-BE101 Electric contact element 07 07 12 +771
-SAX 1 97411903 Cavo Cavetto 1,5mt con 1 conn.x NS-xx/Px Cable with connector 07 07 5 +A700
1 97705104 Incliometro Inclinometro PLANAR 1 asse NS-5/PI Inclinometer 07 07 5 +A700
-SAY 1 97411903 Cavo Cavetto 1,5mt con 1 conn.x NS-xx/Px Cable with connector 07 07 6 +A700
1 97705104 Incliometro Inclinometro PLANAR 1 asse NS-5/PI Inclinometer 07 07 6 +A700
Descrizione
Description
-U702 1 97419162 Diodo Matrice a 22 diodi cat. comune 0,5A Diode 07 01 11 +000
-U703 1 97408169 Connettore Connettore AMP SUPERSEAL 1,5 3p femm Connector 07 07 2 +700
1 97423350 Trasduttore Sensore angolare -15:+15 4-20mA Transducer 07 07 2 +700
D -U704 1 97408169 Connettore Connettore AMP SUPERSEAL 1,5 3p femm Connector 07 07 9 +700 D
1 97423351 Trasduttore Sensore angolare -60:+60 4-20mA Transducer 07 07 9 +700
-U710 1 97903160 Unità elettronica Scheda limiti inclinazione mast 24Vdc (03) Electronic control unit 07 15 7 +000
-Y701 1 97903096 Modulo Modulo ON-OFF PVEO 157B 4228 24DC Module 07 01 5 +156
E E
-
-Y711 1 97903094 Modulo Modulo proporz. PVEH 157B 4028 24DC Module 07 12 3 +156
1 97903138 Interuttore di direz. Modulo indic.direz. PVDI 155X0613 Module switch 07 12 3 +156
Indice
Index
00
1 97903139 Connettore Connettore per PVDI 157B0109 Connector 07 12 3 +156
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D07
CFA26 EPA II 03
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
..-..-....
1 97903139 Connettore Connettore per PVDI 157B0109 Connector 07 12 6 +156
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B 1 97903139 Connettore Connettore per PVDI 157B0109 Connector 07 12 12 +156 B
Data/ Date
..-..-....
C
2 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 07 02 8 +160 C
-Y725 2 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 07 03 4 +I160
2 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 07 03 4 +I160
2 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 07 03 4 +I160
-Y726 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 07 04 6 +E160
Descrizione
Description
1 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 07 04 6 +E160
1 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 07 04 6 +E160
-Y727 2 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 07 04 9 +E160
D 2 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 07 04 9 +E160 D
2 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 07 04 9 +E160
-Y728 2 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 07 04 12 +F160
2 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 07 04 12 +F160
2 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 07 04 12 +F160
E E
Indice
Index
00
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D07
CFA26 EPA II 04
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
..-..-....
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B 1 97423306 Zoccolo Zoccolo rele' PYF08A-E Socket 08 01 8 +000 B
Data/ Date
-U801 1 97705197 Unità elettrica APP.DI REGISTRAZ. TARALOG - 5" BASE ELECTRONIC UNIT 08 01 6 +J100
..-..-....
1 97705198 Unità elettrica Avvolgicavo J. L. DC7 ELECTRONIC UNIT 08 01 6 +J100
1 97705199 Unità elettrica Modulo MRWR (0..3A) risalita ELECTRONIC UNIT 08 01 6 +J100
-Y801 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 08 01 12 +J150
-Y802 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 08 01 4 +J150
1 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 08 01 4 +J150
1 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 08 01 4 +J150
C C
Descrizione
Description
D D
E E
Indice
Index
00
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D08
CFA26 EPA II 01
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
-Q1 1 97401272 Cassetta stagna Cassetta stagna ETA ST6-825 Sealing box LOC 02 5 +000
-Q7 1 97406038 Custodia Custodia di alluminio 01.16 26 09 Box LOC 02 12 +700
..-..-....
-TP102 1 483010674 Pannello Targa panello 18 spie+3M (+102) Panel LOC 02 3 +102
-TP103 1 483010669 Pannello Targa panello argani (+103) Panel LOC 02 3 +103
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
-TP105 1 483010738 Pannello Targa panello manipol. DX (+105) Panel LOC 02 3 +105
B -TP106 1 483010518 Pannello Targa panello bracc. DX (+106) Panel LOC 02 3 +106 B
-TP108 1 483010672 Pannello Targa panello bracc. SX (+108) Panel LOC 02 2 +108
-TP109 1 483010730 Pannello Targa panello manip. SX (+109) Panel LOC 02 2 +109
Data/ Date
-TP111 1 483010521 Pannello Targa panello laterale SX (+111) Panel LOC 02 1 +112
..-..-....
-TP113 1 483010737 Pannello Targa panello laterale SX (+113) Panel LOC 02 1 +113
-U701 1 97705163 Unità elettronica Controllore ESX + 1 schede BB2 24Vdc Electronic unit LOC 02 6 +000
-X1 5 97427008 Elem.morsetto Terminale di fissaggio EW K1 2061.6 Holdfast element LOC 02 6 +000
195 97427055 Morsetto Morsetto sp.piatta AST1-PA 4782.6 Holdfast LOC 02 6 +000
12 97427057 Piastra terminale. Piastra terminale AP-PA 2664.6 Holdfast element LOC 02 6 +000
-X100 2 97408120 Connettore Connettore maschio 12p F229554.S Connector LOC 02 3 +100
12 97408121 Connettore Connettore inserto maschio F22960 Connector LOC 02 3 +100
C
2 97408127 Connettore Connettore piastra m. 12p. F22955.2 Connector LOC 02 3 +100 C
24 97408134 Connettore Connettore inserto femmina F22961 Connector LOC 02 3 +100
1 97408140 Connettore Connettore piastra f. 12p. F22955.1 Connector LOC 02 3 +100
1 97408278 Connettore Connettore femmina 12p con flangia Connector LOC 02 3 +100
1 97408284 Connettore Connettore mil.12P femmina volante 90g. Connector LOC 02 3 +DISP
-X11 1 97408083 Connettore Connettore presa fissa 3P+T C16-1 Connector LOC 02 11 +B400
1 97408085 Connettore Tappo C16-1 MASCHIO AMPHENOL Connector LOC 02 11 +B400
1 97408114 Connettore Connettore spina mob.90g.3P+T C16-1 Connector LOC 02 11 +B400
1 97408196 Connettore Tappo C16-1 FEMMINA AMPHENOL Connector LOC 02 11 +B400
Descrizione
Description
-X1B 1 97408259 Connettore Connettore DEUTSCH 50 pin per Cummins Connector LOC 02 8 +010
50 97408262 Connettore Contatto femmina per connet. DRC 26 Connector LOC 02 8 +010
1 97408269 Connettore Guscio prot.conn. DEUTSCH DRC..50 Connector LOC 02 8 +010
D -X1C 23 97408134 Connettore Connettore inserto femmina F22961 Connector LOC 02 8 +010 D
1 97408258 Connettore Connettore DEUTSCH 23 pin per Cummins Connector LOC 02 8 +010
1 97408270 Connettore Guscio prot.conn. DEUTSCH HD3 Connector LOC 02 8 +010
-X201 1 97408024 Connettore Connettore frutto presa CNF 10 Connector LOC 02 11 +155
1 97408024 Connettore Connettore frutto presa CNF 10 Connector LOC 02 12 +700
1 97408063 Connettore Connettore cust.mob.1 leva CHO 10L Connector LOC 02 11 +155
1 97408095 Connettore Connettore frutto spina CNM 10 Connector LOC 02 11 +155
E E
1 97408106 Connettore Connettore cust.par.1 leva CHP 10LS Connector LOC 02 11 +155
-
Indice
Index
00
-X3 1 97408085 Connettore Tappo C16-1 MASCHIO AMPHENOL Connector LOC 02 14 +A700
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
DLOC
CFA26 EPA II 01
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A A
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
1 97408086 Connettore Connettore presa fissa 6P+T C16-1 Connector LOC 02 14 +A700
1 97408087 Connettore Connettore spina mobile 6P+T C16-1 Connector LOC 02 14 +A700
..-..-....
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B 1 97408023 Connettore Connettore frutto spina CNM 06 Connector LOC 02 12 +400 B
1 97408105 Connettore Connettore cust.mob.1 leva CHO 06 L16 Connector LOC 02 12 +400
1 97408105 Connettore Connettore cust.mob.1 leva CHO 06 L16 Connector LOC 02 12 +400
Data/ Date
..-..-....
-X700 2 97427008 Elem.morsetto Terminale di fissaggio EW K1 2061.6 Holdfast element LOC 02 13 +700
10 97427055 Morsetto Morsetto sp.piatta AST1-PA 4782.6 Holdfast LOC 02 13 +700
1 97427057 Piastra terminale. Piastra terminale AP-PA 2664.6 Holdfast element LOC 02 13 +700
-X701 1 97408177 Connettore Connet.gr.6 cust.inc.HB-16 121010 Connector LOC 02 12 +700
1 97408179 Connettore Connet.gr.6 cust.mob.HBD-40 165799 Connector LOC 02 12 +700
40 97408180 Elem. contatto Connet.cont.femmina 0,75:1,5 CS 142790 Connector element LOC 02 12 +700
C
1 97408182 Connettore Connet.gr.6 ins.portaf.HD40P 157257 Connector element LOC 02 12 +700 C
1 97408191 Connettore Connet.gr.6 ins.m.mors.HD40P 156671 Connector element LOC 02 12 +700
1 97408162 Connettore Connettore cust.inc.sport. CHI 10LS Connector LOC 02 8 +000
1 97408226 Connettore Connettore cust.mob.1 leva CHV 10L Connector LOC 02 8 +000
-X725 1 97408022 Connettore Connettore frutto presa CNF 06 Connector LOC 02 12 +L700
1 97408023 Connettore Connettore frutto spina CNM 06 Connector LOC 02 12 +L700
1 97408105 Connettore Connettore cust.mob.1 leva CHO 06 L16 Connector LOC 02 12 +L700
Descrizione
Description
1 97408221 Connettore Connettore cust.par.1 leva CHP 06LS Connector LOC 02 12 +L700
-X7UP 1 97408022 Connettore Connettore frutto presa CNF 06 Connector LOC 02 6 +000
D 1 97408105 Connettore Connettore cust.mob.1 leva CHO 06 L16 Connector LOC 02 6 +000 D
1 97408161 Connettore Connettore cust.inc.sport. CHI 06LS Connector LOC 02 6 +000
-XB2 1 97406075 Custodia Custodia di alluminio 01.08 13 06 Box LOC 02 11 +B400
-XJ 9 97408121 Connettore Connettore inserto maschio F22960 Connector LOC 02 10 +010
1 97408267 Connettore Connettore DEUTSCH 9 pin Connector LOC 02 10 +010
1 97408268 Connettore Tappo HDC16-9 DEUTSCH Connector LOC 02 10 +010
-XJCUM 1 97408116 Connettore Connettore maschio 3p F22951.S Connector LOC 02 10 +010
1 97408123 Connettore Connettore piastra m. 3p. F22951.2 Connector LOC 02 10 +010
3 97408134 Connettore Connettore inserto femmina F22961 Connector LOC 02 10 +010
-XWIF 1 97408276 Connettore Connettore Packard 2pin portafemmina Connector LOC 02 9 +010
E E
Indice
Index
00
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
DLOC
CFA26 EPA II 02
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
F
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
LOCALIZZAZIONE
..-..-....
A A
LOCALISATION
Firma/ Sign.
+000 QUADRO ELETTRICO PRINCIPALE MAIN ELECTRIC CONTROL BOARD
+010 MOTORE DIESEL DIESEL ENGINE
Data/ Date
+011 VANO BATTERIA BATTERY BOX
+012 SERBATOIO CARBURANTE FUEL TANK
..-..-....
+100 COMPONENTI CABINA CABIN'S COMPONENTS
+101 PANNELLO STRUMENTI MOTORE INSTRUMENTS DIESELPANEL
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
+102 PANNELLO SPIE PILOT LIGHT PANEL
B +103 PANNELLO ARGANI WINCHES PANEL B
+104 MANIPOLATORE DESTRO RIGTH H.S.JOYSTYCK
+105 PANNELLO MANIPOLATORE DESTRO RIGTH H.S.JOYSTYCK PANEL
Data/ Date
+106 PANNELLO LATERALE DESTRO RIGH LATERAL CONTROLPANEL
..-..-....
+108 PANNELLO LATERALE SINISTRO LEFT LATERAL CONTROLPANEL
+109 PANNELLO MANIPOLATORE SINISTRO LEFT H.S.JOYSTYCK PANEL
+110 MANIPOLATORE SINISTRO LEFT H.S.JOYSTYCK
+112 PANNELLO PULPITO SINISTRO LEFT CONTROL BOARB
+113 PANNELLO PULPITO SINISTRO LEFT CONTROL BOARB
+150 BLOCCO ELETTROVALVOLE SOLENOID VALVE GROUP
+151 SERBATOIO OLIO IDRAULICO HYDRAULIC OIL TANK
C
+152 BLOCCO ALIMENTAZ. SERVOCOMANDI SERVOCONTROLS FEEDING SYSTEM C
+154 MOTORE ROTAZIONE TORRETTA UPPERSTRUCTURE SWING MOTOR
+155 TORRETTA UPPERSTRUCTURE
+156 BLOCCO ELETTROV. DANFOSS SOL.VALVES' SYSTEM DANFOSS
+157 BLOCCO EV.SERVIZI INTERNI SOL.VALVES' SYSTEM-MAIN SERVICES
+158 DISTRIBUTORE PRINCIPALE MAIN DISTRIBUTOR
+159 ARGANO PULL-DOWN PULL-DOWN WINCH
+160 BLOCCO EV.SERVIZI ESTERNI SOL.VALVES' EXTERNAL SERVICES
+200 ROTARY ROTARY TABLE
Descrizione
Description
+400 FALCHETTO JIB
+700 MAST MAST
+DISP DISPLAY DISPLAY
D D
E E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
LOC
CFA26 EPA II 01
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande LOCALIZZAZIONE Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03
LOCALISATION
vedi spec./

0 5
10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
PL7UP PL704 -XB2
+100 TP100
+771 +772 +B400 -S403
+DISP
Data/ Date
-PX1
+400
CABINA -PX2
+101
..-..-....
A -S404 A
CABIN
Firma/ Sign.
-TP102 +102
-H107
-Q1
-S122
-TP103 +103 +000
-S133
-U701 +000
Data/ Date
+110 +104 +000
QUADRO ELETTRICO PRINCIPALE
..-..-....
-TP111 +112 +109 -TP109 -TP105 +105 MAIN ELECTRIC CONTROL BOARD
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B -TP113 +113 +108 -TP108 -TP106 +106 -Y728a B
-G101 -Y706a -Y728b
-Y706b -Y727a
Data/ Date
+160
-G102 -Y716a -Y727b
+160
..-..-....
-Y716b -Y726
-Y719a -Y725a
-Y719b -Y725b
+010
MOTORE DIESEL
-Q7 +700
C DIESEL ENGINE +700 -SAY C
-SAX
-U703
-S115 -Y102 -S715
+151
+013 -U704
+155
-S114 -S709
-S113 +152 -Y105 -S716 -Y703a -Y717a -S710
+157
+157
-S112 -Y703b -Y717b
Descrizione
-S722
Description
-S109 -H136 -Y718a -S723
-Y704a -Y718b
-Y704b -Y721
D D
PL725
+773
+154 -Y120 -Y701

-Y801
+156
-Y711 -Y802 -Y104a -Y114 -S123

+150
+150
+150
+159 -Y209 -Y104b -Y122 -S143

-Y712 -Y201 -S144 -Y213
-Y106 -Y205 -S145
+200
-Y713 -Y224 -S204 -Y220a
E -Y110a E
-
-Y110b -S225 -Y220b
-Y206
Indice
Index
00
-Y111a -Y207
-Y111b -Y211
-Y219 Modifiche/ Revisions
Gruppo/ Group
LOC
CFA26 EPA II 02
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande LOCALIZZAZIONE Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03 LOCALISATION
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
X1A X1A X1B X1B
Data/ Date
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
OF
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
1 R. 26 R. 1 B01 01 02 10 -H1SL 26 R.
2 R. 27 A27 01 03 14 2 R. 27 R.
3 R. 28 R. 3 B03 01 02 12 -H1DL 28 R.
Data/ Date
..-..-....
4 R. 29 R. 4 B04 01 02 13 -H1ML 29 B29 01 02 1 -R103
5 R. 30 R. 5 R. 30 B30 01 02 3 -R101
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
6 R. 31 R. 6 R. 31 R.
B B
7 R. 32 R. 7 R. 32 R.
Data/ Date
8 R. 33 R. 8 R. 33 R.
..-..-....
9 R. 34 R. 9 R. 34 R.
10 R. 35 R. 10 R. 35 B35 01 02 7 -S1INC
11 R. 36 R. 11 B11 01 02 14 -H1WL 36 B36 01 02 8 -S1DEC
12 R. 37 A37 01 03 14 12 R. 37 B37 01 02 6 -S1PT
C 13 R. 38 R. 13 R. 38 R. C
14 R. 39 R. 14 R. 39 R.
15 R. 40 R. 15 R. 40 B40 01 02 8 XWIF
16 R. 41 R. 16 R. 41 B41 01 01 14 -K1G1
17 R. 42 R. 17 B17 01 02 5 -S1 42 R.
Descrizione
Description
18 R. 43 R. 18 R. 43 R.
19 A19 01 03 14 44 R. 19 B19 01 02 2 -R102 44 R.

D D
20 R. 45 R. 20 B20 01 02 4 45 R.
21 R. 46 R. 21 R. 46 R.
22 R. 47 R. 22 R. 47 R.
23 R. 48 R. 23 R. 48 R.
24 R. 49 A49 01 03 15 24 R. 49 1587H 01 03 13 XJ
25 R. 50 R. 25 R. 50 1587L 01 03 13 XJ
E E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
X
CFA26 EPA II 01
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande X1A - X1B Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
X1C XJ
Data/ Date
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
A 1M 01 03 4 X1 A PFT - 01 03 11 XPFT
B 2M 01 03 5 X1 B PFT + 01 03 11 XPFT
C 3M 01 03 6 X1 C 1939H 01 03 12 X1939
Data/ Date
..-..-....
D 4M 01 03 7 X1 D 1939L 01 03 12 X1939
E 1 01 03 1 E 1939S 01 03 12 X1939
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
F 1 01 03 2 F 1587H 01 03 13 X1B
B B
G R. G 1587L 01 03 13 X1B
Data/ Date
H 1 01 03 2
..-..-....
J R.
K R.
L R.
M 5M 01 03 8 X1
C N R. C
O R.
P 1 01 03 2
Q R.
R R.
Descrizione
Description
S 6M 01 03 9 X1
T R.
D D
U R.
V 1SD 01 03 10 PE
W 1 01 03 3
X R.
E E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
X
CFA26 EPA II 02
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande X1C - XJ Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
X1 X1 X1 X1
Data/ Date
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
OF
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
1 1 01 04 2 29 45 01 07 5 57 1 01 10 12 85 277 02 04 10 -K225 -S225
2 30C 01 04 2 -Q101 -F104 30 46 01 07 2 -K113 -S109 58 1 01 10 9 86 278 02 04 11
3 12V 01 06 4 XC1 31 47 01 07 3 -K113 -H101 59 105 01 10 2 -K403 -Y110 87 280 02 04 8 -K225 -Y211
Data/ Date
..-..-....
4 24V 01 06 10 XC1 32 48 01 07 5 -S112 -Y102 60 106 01 10 2 -K404 -Y110 88 281 02 04 5 -Y219
5 1M 01 03 4 -K113 X1C 33 49 01 07 7 -H101 -S113 61 107 01 10 4 -K401 -Y111 89 282 02 04 13 -Y207
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
6 2M 01 03 5 -Q2M X1C 34 53 01 07 4 -H101 -S114 62 108 01 10 4 -K402 -Y111 90 401 04 01 1
B B
7 3M 01 03 6 -Q3M X1C 35 1 01 07 6 63 109 01 10 6 -K402 -Y114 91 402 04 01 2 -K401 -S401
Data/ Date
8 4M 01 03 7 -Q4M X1C 36 54 01 07 8 -S121 -H107 64 110 01 10 7 -K131 -Y104 92 403 04 01 3 -K402 -S402
..-..-....
9 5M 01 03 8 -Q5M X1C 37 56 01 07 11 -K119 -Y105 65 111 01 10 8 -K132 -Y104 93 404 04 01 5 -K403
10 6M 01 03 9 -Q6M X1C 38 63 01 08 3 66 112 01 10 11 -K140 -Y120 94 405 04 01 7 -K404
11 8 01 05 10 -S103 -H101 39 64 01 08 2 67 113 01 10 13 -Y122 95 406 04 01 9 -S405
12 9 01 05 10 -H101 -S102 40 67 01 08 2 -K131 -S131 68 136 01 07 13 -S123 -V102 96 511 05 01 2 -Q501
C 13 12 01 05 7 -P101 -G103 41 68 01 08 3 -S131 69 140 01 07 13 -H136 97 1 07 01 9 C
14 13 01 05 3 -P102 -S103 42 69 01 08 5 -S206 70 1 02 04 3 X1 98 702 07 01 4
15 14 01 05 3 -P102 -S102 43 70 01 08 9 -K130 -S133 71 201 02 01 4 99 702 07 03 2
16 50 01 04 11 -K119 -K1M1 44 74 01 08 13 -K135 72 205 02 01 2 U701 100 702 07 04 2
17 61 01 05 10 -G103 -H101 45 78 01 08 13 -H135 73 207 02 02 3 -K219 -S206 101 705 07 01 4 -Y701
Descrizione
Description
18 2 01 04 7 -S105 46 80 01 09 2 -K137 -S143 74 214 02 03 10 -S206 102 706 07 01 2 -K701 -S701A
19 5 01 04 8 -K119 -S101 47 81 01 09 3 -K144 -S144 75 215 02 03 4 -K216 -S206 103 708 07 01 5 -K701 -Y701
D D
20 7 01 04 7 -Q102 48 82 01 09 6 -K138 -S141 76 229 02 03 5 -K217 -H218 104 709 07 01 8 -Y703
21 15 01 04 8 49 1 01 09 9 77 216 02 03 7 -S206 105 710 07 01 9 -Y703
22 18 01 05 4 -P102 -S104 50 83 01 09 8 -K139 -S141 78 217 02 03 2 -K215 -S206 106 711 07 01 6 -K701
23 19 01 05 11 -H101 51 84 01 09 10 -K140 -S141 79 1 02 03 12 X1 107 712 07 01 10 -Y717
24 25 01 06 3 52 85 01 09 12 -K141 -S141 80 219 02 01 3 U701 -S206 108 713 07 01 11 -Y717
25 26 01 06 3 -S110 53 86 01 09 13 -H141 81 232 02 03 3 -K215 -H215 109 714 07 01 13 -Y718
E
26 32 01 05 9 -H101 54 87 01 09 4 -K145 -S145 82 242 02 02 5 -K219 -H219 110 715 07 01 14 -Y718 E
-
27 43 01 06 12 -K109 -S111 55 101 01 10 10 -K707 -Y106 83 243 02 02 6 -K219 111 726 07 03 4 -S725
Indice
Index
00
28 44 01 06 13 -K109 56 1 01 10 3 84 276 02 04 10 -K134 -S225 112 726A 07 03 4 -K725 X701
Gruppo/ Group
X
CFA26 EPA II 03
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande X1 Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
X1 X1 X1
Data/ Date
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
113 726B 07 03 5 -K725 X701 141 7505 07 12 9 -K717 169 DI7 07 08 11 U701
114 727 07 03 5 -S725 142 7506 07 12 8 -K718 170 DI8 07 08 12 U701 -S714
115 728 07 04 6 -S726 143 UB 07 05 10 -Q711 171 DI9 07 09 3 U701 -S706M
Data/ Date
..-..-....
116 729 07 04 9 -S727 144 1D+ 07 05 7 U701 X100A 172 DI10 07 09 4 U701 -S706A
117 1 05 01 3 145 2D+ 01 04 8 -S105 X100A 173 DI11 07 09 5 U701 X701
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
118 730 07 04 9 -S727 146 AIGN1 07 07 2 174 DI12 07 09 7 U701 X701
B B
119 731 07 04 12 -K138 147 AIGND 07 07 2 U701 -Q712 186 DI13 07 09 8 U701 -S716
Data/ Date
120 732 07 04 13 -K139 148 VE85 07 07 3 U701 176 DO4 07 10 8 -Y721
..-..-....
121 742 07 15 6 -U710 -Y711 149 AI1 07 07 4 U701 X701 177 DO7 07 11 2 U701
122 747 07 15 6 -U710 -Y712 150 AI2 07 07 6 X701 U701 178 DO9 07 11 6 U701
123 801 08 01 5 151 AI3 07 07 7 U701 X701 179 DO10 07 11 8 U701 -H708
124 1 07 02 8 152 AI4 07 07 8 U701 X7UP 180 DO11 01 10 14 U701 -H142
C 125 802 08 01 8 -K802 -U801 153 AI5 07 07 10 U701 X7UP 181 DO12 07 11 12 U701 -H706M C
126 803 08 01 6 -K801 -U801 154 AI6 07 07 11 U701 X701 182 UE 07 05 8 -Q710
127 804 08 01 6 -K801 -U801 155 AI7 07 07 12 U701 X7UP 183 CAN1H 07 06 3 X100A
128 806 08 01 11 -Y801 -U801 156 AI8 07 07 14 U701 X7UP 184 CAN1L 07 06 5 X100A
129 807 08 01 11 -K802 -Y801 157 BB11 07 12 1 U701 -U710 185 31 07 05 3
Descrizione
Description
130 808 08 01 4 -K802 -Y802 158 BB12 07 12 3 U701 -U710 R.
131 7042 07 02 3 X704 159 BB13 07 12 6 U701 -S711 187 R.

D D
132 7043 07 02 4 X704 160 BB14 07 12 8 U701 -S712 188 R.
133 7044 07 02 6 X704 161 BB15 07 12 11 U701 -Y713 189 R.
134 7045 07 02 7 X704 162 BB16 07 12 13 U701 -S713 190 R.
135 7046 07 02 8 X704 163 DI1 07 08 3 U701 X701 191 R.
136 7047 07 02 9 X704 164 DI2 07 08 4 U701 X701 192 R.
137 7048 07 02 11 X704 165 DI3 07 08 5 U701 193 R.
E
138 7049 07 02 12 X704 166 DI4 07 08 7 U701 194 R. E
-
139 7252 07 03 8 -K725 X701 167 DI5 01 07 9 -S122 195 R.
Indice
Index
00
140 7253 07 03 9 -K725 X701 168 DI6 07 08 9 U701 -S707
Gruppo/ Group
X
CFA26 EPA II 04
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande X1 Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
X100A X100B X100C X100D
Data/ Date
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
OF
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
1 31 07 14 4 X100C 1 07 14 5 1 31 07 14 8 X100A A CAN1H 07 14 10 X100C -
2 UB 07 14 4 X100C 2 07 14 5 2 UB 07 14 8 X100A X100D B CAN1L 07 14 10 X100C -
3 UE 07 14 4 3 07 14 5 3 07 14 8 C RSRXD 07 14 10 X100C -
Data/ Date
..-..-....
4 CAN1H 07 14 4 X1 X100B 4 CAN1H 07 14 5 X100A 4 CAN1H 07 14 8 X100D D RSTXD 07 14 10 X100C -
5 CAN1L 07 14 4 X1 X100B 5 CAN1L 07 14 5 X100A 5 CAN1L 07 14 8 X100D E 31 07 14 10 -
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
6 2D+ 07 14 4 X1 X100B 6 2D+ 07 14 5 X100A X100C 6 2D+ 07 14 8 X100B F 31 07 14 10 -
B B
7 1D+ 07 14 4 X1 X100B 7 1D+ 07 14 5 X100A X100C 7 1D+ 07 14 8 X100B G 07 14 10 X100C -
Data/ Date
8 07 14 4 X100C 8 07 14 5 8 07 14 8 X100A X100D H 07 14 10 X100C -
..-..-....
9 07 14 4 X100C 9 07 14 5 9 07 14 8 X100A X100D J 07 14 10 X100C -
10 07 14 4 X100C 10 07 14 5 10 07 14 8 X100A X100D K UB 07 14 10 X100C -
11 RSRXD 07 14 4 X100C 11 07 14 5 11 RSRXD 07 14 8 X100A X100D L R.
12 RSTXD 07 14 4 X100C 12 07 14 5 12 RSTXD 07 14 8 X100A X100D M 31 07 14 10 -
C C
Descrizione
Description
D D
E E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
X
CFA26 EPA II 05
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande X100A - X100B - X100C - X100D Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
X201 X401 X704 X725
Data/ Date
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
OF
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
T R. T 1 07 08 1 X11 T R. T R.
1 1 02 03 10 1 DI1 07 08 3 X11 1 07 02 3 1 702 07 03 12 X701
2 R. 2 UB 07 08 2 X11 2 7042 07 02 3 X1 -S704A 2 702 07 03 11
Data/ Date
..-..-....
3 R. 3 DI2 07 08 4 X11 3 7043 07 02 4 X1 -S704A 3 711 07 03 10 X701
4 R. 4 401 04 01 5 X701 4 7044 07 02 6 X1 -S704B 4 7253 07 03 10 X701 -S725B
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
5 R. 5 404 04 01 5 X701 -S403 5 7045 07 02 7 X1 -S704B 5 7252 07 03 8 X701 -S725A
B B
6 R. 6 405 04 01 7 X701 -S404 6 7046 07 02 8 X1 -S704C 6 R.
Data/ Date
7 227 02 03 12 -K215 -Y213 7 7047 07 02 9 X1 -S704C
..-..-....
8 228 02 03 10 -K217 -Y220 8 7048 07 02 11 X1 -S704D
9 230 02 03 10 -K217 -Y220 9 7049 07 02 12 X1 -S704D
10 R. 10 R.
C C
Descrizione
Description
X7UP X11 X3
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
D D
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
T R. T 1 07 08 2 T R.
1 R. 1 DI1 07 08 3 -PX1 1 VE85 07 07 5 X701
2 AI5 07 07 12 X1 -S7UP 2 UB 07 08 2 2 AI2 07 07 6 X701 -SAX
3 AI8 07 07 15 X1 -S7UPX 3 DI2 07 08 4 -PX2 3 AIGN1 07 07 5 -SAX
4 AI7 07 07 14 X1 -S7UPY 4 AI3 07 07 7 X701 -SAY

E E
5 VE85 07 07 11 5 AIGN1 07 07 7 -SAY
-
6 AI4 07 07 13 X1 -S7UPY2 6 AIGN1 07 07 5
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
X
CFA26 EPA II 06
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande X201 - X401 - X704 - X725 - X7UP - X3 - X11 Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
X701 X701 X701 X701
Data/ Date
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
OF
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
A1 1 07 02 3 B1 7044 07 02 6 -Y716 C1 732 07 04 13 -Y728 D1 7252 07 03 8 X1 X725
A2 401 04 01 5 X401 B2 7045 07 02 7 -Y716 C2 AI1 07 07 4 X1 -U703 D2 DI4 07 08 7 -S723
A3 404 04 01 5 X401 B3 7046 07 02 8 -Y719 C3 AI2 07 07 6 X1 X3 D3 DI3 07 08 5 -S722
Data/ Date
..-..-....
A4 405 04 01 7 X401 B4 7047 07 02 9 -Y719 C4 AI3 07 07 7 X1 X3 D4 7253 07 03 10 X1 X725
A5 1 07 02 3 B5 726A 07 03 4 X1 -Y725 C5 AI6 07 07 10 X1 -U704 D5 R.
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
A6 1 07 02 4 B6 726B 07 03 5 X1 -Y725 C6 DI1 07 08 3 X1 D6 7254 07 03 11 -K725
B B
A7 702 07 03 12 X725 B7 728 07 04 6 -Y726 C7 DI2 07 08 4 X1 D7 VE85 07 07 8 X3
Data/ Date
A8 UB 07 07 2 B8 729 07 04 9 -Y727 C8 DI11 07 09 5 X1 -S709 D8 R.
..-..-....
A9 7042 07 02 3 -Y706 B9 730 07 04 9 -Y727 C9 DI12 07 09 7 X1 -S710 D9 R.
A10 7043 07 02 4 -Y706 B10 731 07 04 12 -Y728 C10 711 07 03 10 X725 D10 R.
C C
Descrizione
Description
D D
E E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
X
CFA26 EPA II 07
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande -X701 Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
U701 U701 U701
Data/ Date
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
..-..-....
A A
Firma/ Sign.
1 AIGND 07 07 2 X1 29 AI2 07 07 6 X1 57 UB 07 05 10
2 DO10 07 11 8 X1 30 AI4 07 07 8 X1 58 UB 07 05 11
3 DO12 07 11 12 X1 31 AI6 07 07 11 X1 59 UB 07 05 12
Data/ Date
..-..-....
4 RSRD1 07 06 11 32 AI8 07 07 14 X1 60 UB 07 05 12
5 RSTD1 07 06 13 33 CAN2L 07 06 9 61 DO6 07 10 12
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
6 AI1 07 07 4 X1 34 DI1 07 08 3 X1 62 DO7 07 11 2 X1
B B
7 AI3 07 07 7 X1 35 DI3 07 08 5 X1 63 DO8 07 11 4 -K707
Data/ Date
8 AI5 07 07 10 X1 36 DI5 07 08 8 64 DO5 07 10 10
..-..-....
9 AI7 07 07 12 X1 37 DI7 07 08 11 X1 65 1 07 05 4
10 BB26 07 13 12 38 DI9 07 09 3 X1 66 1 07 05 4
11 BB22 07 13 4 39 DI11 07 09 5 X1 67 1 07 05 5
12 DI2 07 08 4 X1 40 DI13 07 09 8 X1 68 1 07 05 6
C 13 DI4 07 08 7 X1 41 205 07 09 11 X1 C
14 DI6 07 08 9 X1 42 BB11 07 12 1 X1
15 DI8 07 08 12 X1 43 BB13 07 12 6 X1
16 DI10 07 09 4 X1 44 BB15 07 12 11 X1
17 DI12 07 09 7 X1 45 BB21 07 13 2
Descrizione
Description
18 DI14 07 09 9 46 DO1 07 10 2
19 219 07 09 12 X1 47 DO2 07 10 4
D D
20 BB12 07 12 3 X1 48 DO3 07 10 6
21 BB14 07 12 8 X1 49 DO4 07 10 8
22 BB16 07 12 13 X1 50 BB23 07 13 6
23 VE85 07 07 3 X1 51 BB24 07 13 8
24 DO9 07 11 6 X1 52 BB25 07 13 10
25 DO11 07 11 10 X1 53 CAN2H 07 06 7
E
26 CAN1L 07 06 5 54 UE 07 05 8 E
-
27 CAN1H 07 06 3 55 1 07 05 3
Indice
Index
00
28 1D+ 07 05 7 X1 56 UB 07 05 10
Gruppo/ Group
X
CFA26 EPA II 08
For general
D. ULLIANA 30/04/03
8-999014

F
casagrande U701 Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 30/04/03
vedi spec./

0
5 10
Form./Size
A 3
2.05.44.0292- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
INDICE
Data/ Date
A INDEX A
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
05 1 01 ELETTROPOMPA PER INGRASSAGGIO 00 ..-..-....
ELECTRIC GREASE PUMP
D 1 01 DISTINTA 00 ..-..-....
PART-LIST
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B B
Data/ Date
C C
Descrizione
Description
D D
E E
Indice
Index
Gruppo/Group
NOTE: INDEX
Disegnato/ Drawn by Data/ Date Sost. il/ Replaces Data/Date Firma/ Signature Foglio/ Sheet di fogli/of sheets
APPL. POMPA INGRASSAGGIO 01 1

D. ULLIANA 24/10/2003
For general
casagrande
8-999014
F
INDICE Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 24/10/2003
INDEX 3 3
Approvato/ Approved by Data/ Date File/ File 20544030900 Disegno/ Drawing Nr. E.M./ Revisions
vedi spec./
CAD
2.05.44.0309-00
C. M. 24/10/2003 SeeElectrical Expert versione 2.20
Il presente disegno e' di nostra proprie ta'. Si fa divieto a chiunque di riprodu rlo o renderlo noto a terzi senza nostra autorizzazione. Form./Size
The drawing remains the prop erty of Casagrande. Without our explicit autorization it may not be copied nor m ay its contents be made known to others. A 3
0 5 10
1 2 3 4 5 cm. 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
A A
..-..-....
(+24 Vdc) 3
Firma/ Sign.
-Q502
Data/ Date
+000 (+24 Vdc)
6A
15
..-..-....
--
05/01.8
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B -Q502 B
05/01.5
Data/ Date
..-..-....
C C
531
532
1
BLUE
Descrizione
Description
3
-M
D D
2
BROWN RD
-H501
+100
(GND) 1
ELETTROPOMPA PER INGRASSAGGIO

E E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/Group
05
APPL. POMPA INGRASSAGGIO 01

D. ULLIANA 24/10/2003
For general
casagrande
8-999014
F
ELETTROPOMPA PER INGRASSAGGIO Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 24/10/2003
vedi spec./
CAD
2.05.44.0309- 00
0 5 10
1 2 3 4 5 cm. 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
A A
PART-LIST
..-..-....
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
-H501 1 97404151 Lampadina Segnalatore lum.XVL-A234 24V rosso Light 05 01 7 +100
..-..-....
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/Drawn by
B B
Data/ Date
..-..-....
C C
Descrizione
Description
D D
E E
Indice
Index
00
NOTE: Gruppo/Group
D
APPL. POMPA INGRASSAGGIO 01

D. ULLIANA 24/10/2003
For general
casagrande
8-999014
F
DISTINTA Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
C. V. 24/10/2003
PART-LIST
vedi spec./
CAD
2.05.44.0309- 00
0 5 10
1 2 3 4 5 cm. 11 12 13 14 15 16
Pos. Codice Q.tà Descrizione Description Designation Bezeichnung Denominacion
1 92421056 1 PIASTRA PLATE PLAQUE PLATTE PLACA HIDRAULICA
2 92405070 1 VALVOLA PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE VANNE DE REDUCTION PRES DRUCKREDUZIERVENTIL VALVULA REDUCTORA PRESI
3 92444017 1 ELETTROVALVOLA SOLENOID VALVE ELECTRO VANNE MAGNETVENTIL ELECTROVALVULA
4 92444011 1 ELETTROVALVOLA SOLENOID VALVE ELECTRO-VANNE MAGNETVENTIL ELECTROVALVULA
5 96140021 2 PRESA DI PRESSIONE PLUG-IN PRESSURE TEST PRISE CONTROLE PRESSION MANOMETERANSCHLUSS TOMA DE PRESION
6 92403051 1 VALVOLA DI RITEGNO CHECK VALVE VANNE DE RETENUE RÜCKSCHLAGVENTIL VALVULA DE RETENCION
7 412350066 1 BLOCCHETTO BLOCK BLOC BLOCKIERER BLOQUE
8 412040309 1 PIASTRA PLATE PLAQUE PLATTE PLACA
9 92226052 2 MOTORE HYDRAULIC MOTOR MOTEUR MOTOR MOTOR HIDRAULICO
DIST.SCH.IDR. ROTARY H18C 205420456 1 22/05/06 00

HYDRAULIC SCHEME
SCHEMA HYDRAULIQUE
HYDR. SCHEMA — 1/1 —
ESQUEMA HIDRAULICO
1 90101200 1 MOTORE DIESEL DIESEL ENGINE MOTEUR DIESEL DIESEL MOTOR MOTOR DIESEL
2 92907059 1 MOZZO HUB MOYEU NABE CUBO
3 92201045 1 POMPA HYDRAULIC PISTON PUMP POMPE KOLBENPUMPE BOMBA HIDRAULICA EMBOLO
4 92202153 1 POMPA HYDRAULIC PISTON PUMP POMPE KOLBENPUMPE BOMBA HIDRAULICA EMBOLO
5 92103234 1 POMPA HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMP POMPE HYDR. A ENGREN. HYDRAULIKPUMPE BOMBA HIDR. ENGRANAJES
6 92444071 1 ELETTROVALVOLA VALVE ELECTRO VANNE MAGNETVENTIL ELECTROVALVULA
8 92301092 1 SCAMBIATORE DI CALORE HEAT ECHANGER ECHANGEUR DE CHALEUR WÄRMETAUSCHER INTERCAMBIADOR DE CALOR
9 92129007 1 MOTORE HYDRAULIC MOTOR MOTEUR HYDRAULIQUE HYDRAULIK MOTOR MOTOR HIDRAULICO
10 92403040 1 VALVOLA CHECK VALVE VANNE DE RETENUE RÜCKSCHLAGVENTIL VALVULA DE RETENCION
11 92618043 1 FILTRO ARIA AIR FILTER FILTRE AIR LUFTFILTER FILTRO DE AIRE
12 92618045 1 CART. FILTRO ARIA SERB. OLIO IDR. FILTER CARTRIDGE FILTRE AIR LUFTFILTER FILTRO DE AIRE
13 92614206 1 FILTRO OLIO OIL FILTER CARTOUCHE FILTRE HUILE OELFILTERPATRONE CARTUCHO ACEITE
14 92614190 1 CARTUCCIA FILTRO HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER CARTRIDGE FILTRE HUILE OELFILTER CARTUCHO FILTRO DE ACEITE
15 92438146 1 UNITA' DI ALIMENTAZIONE SUPPLY UNIT UNITÉ ALIMENTATION VERSORGUNGSEINHEIT UNIDAD DE ALIMENTACION
17 96510003 1 SARACINESCA GATE VALVE VANNE SCHIEBEVENTIL COMPUERTA
18 92436542 1 DISTRIBUTORE DISTRIBUTOR DISTRIBUTEUR DREHDURCHFUERHRUNG DISTRIBUIDOR
19 92436543 1 DISTRIBUTORE DISTRIBUTOR DISTRIBUTEUR DREHDURCHFUERHRUNG DISTRIBUIDOR
20 92436670 1 DISTRIBUTORE PROPORTIONAL DISTRIBUTOR DISTRIBUTEUR PROPORT. SCHIEBER DISTR. PROPORCIONAL
28 92417040 2 REGOLATORE FLOW REGULATOR REGULATEUR DE FLUX FLIESSREGLER REGULADOR DE CAUDAL
29 92438170 2 SERVOCOMANDO PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE SERVOCOMMANDE STEUERBLOCK SERVOMANDO
30 92438176 1 SERVOCOMANDO CONTROL BLOCK SERVOCOMMANDE STEUERBLOCK SERVOMANDO (MANIPULADOR
31 92438208 1 SERVOCOMANDO SERVOCONTROL BLOCK SERVOCOMMANDE STEUERBLOCK SERVOMANDO
32 92438207 1 SERVOCOMANDO SERVOCONTROL BLOCK SERVOCOMMANDE STEUERBLOCK SERVOMANDO
33 92438182 2 SERVOCOMANDO CONTROL BLOCK SERVOCOMMANDE STEUERBLOCK SERVOMANDO
34 97443111 2 PRESSOSTATO PRESSURE SWITCH PRESSOSTAT DRUCKSCHALTER PRESOSTATO
36 92409063 2 VALVOLA OVERCENTER VALVE VANNE VENTIL VALVULA
37 92409163 1 VALVOLA VALVE VANNE VENTIL VALVULA
38 92225111 1 MOTORE HYDRAULIC PISTON MOTOR MOTEUR A PISTON KOLBENMOTOR MOTOR HIDRAULICO PISTON
39 92417011 1 REGOLATORE FLOW RESTRICTOR VALVE VANNE D'ETRANGLEMENT DROSSELVENTIL VALVULA ESTRANGULACION
40 92409141 1 VALVOLA OVERCENTER VALVE VANNE CONTROLE DESCENTE ABGANGKONTROLLVENTIL CALVULA CONTROL BAJADA
41 412120629 1 PIASTRA/PIASTRINA PLATE PLAQUE PLATTE PLACA/PLAQUITA
42 92225056 1 MOTORE MOTOR MOTEUR KOLBENMOTOR MOTOR HIDRAULICO PISTON
43 92409139 1 VALVOLA OVERCENTRE VALVE VANNE CONTROLE DESCENTE ABGANGKONTROLLVENTIL CALVULA CONTROL BAJADA
44 92409174 1 VALVOLA OVERCENTRE VALVE VANNE CONTROLE DESCENTE ABGANGKONTROLLVENTIL CALVULA CONTROL BAJADA
45 91203025 1 RIDUTTORE REDUCTION GEAR REDUCTEUR UNTERSETZUNGSGETRIEBE REDUCTOR
47 92426021 1 DISTRIBUTORE ROTANTE ROTATING DISTRIBUTOR DISTRIBUTEUR ROTATIF DREHDURCHFÜHRUNG DISTRIBUIDOR GIRATORIO
48 90910064 1 CARRO CRAWLER CHARIOT UNTERWAGEN CARRO
DIST.SCH.IDR.CFA26 ZS0107 205420461 2 06/06/06 01
HYDRAULIC SCHEME
SCHEMA HYDRAULIQUE
ESQUEMA HIDRAULICO
DIST.SCH.IDR.CFA26 ZS0107
HYDRAULIC SCHEME — 2/3 —
SCHEMA HYDRAULIQUE
HYDR. SCHEMA
ESQUEMA HIDRAULICO 205420461 2 06/06/06 01

66 92403092 1 VALVOLA OVERCENTRE VALVE VANNE CONTROLE DESCENTE ABGANGKONTROLLVENTIL VALVULA CONTROL BAJADA
105 92225056 1 MOTORE MOTOR MOTEUR KOLBENMOTOR MOTOR HIDRAULICO PISTON
109 92405069 1 VALVOLA VALVE VANNE DE MAXIM.MODUL. VENTIL VALVULA DE MAXIMA
111 92403006 1 VALVOLA VALVE VANNE RÜCKSCHLAGVENTIL VALVULA DE RETENCION
121 92401270 1 VALVOLA PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE VANNE DE REDUCTION DRUCKREDUZIERVENTIL VALVULA REDUCTORA
204 92405070 1 VALVOLA PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE VANNE DE REDUCTION PRES DRUCKREDUZIERVENTIL VALVULA REDUCTORA PRESI
207 92226053 2 MOTORE IDR. A6VM 107 HYDRAULIC PISTON MOTOR MOTEUR MOTOR MOTOR
208 92409158 1 VALVOLA BALANCING VALVE VANNE DE BALANCEMENT VENTIL VALVULA EQUILIBRADO
209 92407045 4 ELEMENTO LOGICO RELIEF VALVE VANNE DE RETENUE PILOTE VENTIL VALVULA RETENCION PILOT
211 412350112 2 BLOCCHETTO BLOCK BLOC BLOCK BLOQUE
212 92409170 2 VALVOLA VALVE SOUPAPE VENTIL VALVULA
215 92409149 1 VALVOLA BALANCING VALVE VANNE DE BALANCEMENT VENTIL VALVULA EQUILIBRADO
217 92444015 3 ELETTROVALVOLA SOLENOID VALVE ELECTRO-VANNE MAGNET VENTIL ELECTROVALVULA
257 92407001 1 VALVOLA VALVE VANNE VENTIL VALVULA RETENCION PILOT
258 92423002 1 ACCUMULATORE ACCUMULATOR ACCUMULATEUR DRUCKSPEICHER ACUMULADOR HIDRAULICO
261 92401082 1 VALVOLA CHECK VALVE VANNE DE BLOCAGE KONTROLLVENTIL VALVULA BLOQUEO
262 92225138 1 MOTORE HYDRAULIC PISTON MOTOR MOTEUR A PISTON KOLBENMOTOR MOTOR HIDRAULICO PISTON
264 92403006 1 VALVOLA VALVE VANNE RÜCKSCHLAGVENTIL VALVULA DE RETENCION
DIST.SCH.IDR.CFA26 ZS0107 205420461 2 06/06/06 01

HYDRAULIC SCHEME
SCHEMA HYDRAULIQUE
ESQUEMA HIDRAULICO

CFA26 V2 1 CF26ZS0107 Eng

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CFA26 V2 1 CF26ZS0107 Eng

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Casagrande S.p.A.

Via A. Malignani, 1 Telefono / Phone 0039 0434 9941

VOLUME 1 SAFETY INFORMATION

VOLUME 2 USER AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

VOLUME 3 SPARE PARTS

Machine type: CFA 26

Serial N.: CF26ZS0107

Rotary type: H18C

Serial N.: H18ZS0123

Years of construction: 2006

Delivery date: 12-06-2006

Client: SELECT PLANT HIRE COMPANY LTD

DATE DRAFTER CHECKED APPROVED

04.2000 TESSER L. ROS R. CASAGRANDE M.

THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CASAGRANDE S.p.A.-TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION IS PROHIBITED

2) FIRST OF ALL IT IS IMPORTANT TO ADOPT ALL THE MEASURES LISTED IN

3) USE OF THIS MACHINE IN CONDITIONS OR FOR APPLICATIONS THAT

This manual is composed of three VOLUMES:

VOLUME 1) SAFETY INFORMATION

VOLUME 2) USER AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

VOLUME 3) SPARE PARTS MANUAL

1. FOREWORD .................................................................................................. 1-1

2. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS................................................................ 2-1

5. OPERATION .................................................................................................. 5-1

THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CASAGRANDE S.p.A.-TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION IS PROHIBITED

6. MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................. 6-1

7. EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLY/DISASSEMBLY................................................... 7-1

8. TRANSPORT ................................................................................................. 8-1

9. COMPONENTS REPLACEMENT.................................................................. 9-1

THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CASAGRANDE S.p.A.-TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION IS PROHIBITED

10. DISPOSAL OF THE MACHINE.................................................................... 10-1

11. ELECTRIC / HYDRAULIC DIAGRAMS ....................................................... 11-1

THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CASAGRANDE S.p.A.-TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION IS PROHIBITED

THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CASAGRANDE S.p.A.-TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION IS PROHIBITED

• If the manual is mislaid or damaged, request a replacement manual from

THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CASAGRANDE S.p.A.-TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION IS PROHIBITED

THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CASAGRANDE S.p.A.-TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION IS PROHIBITED

2.1. Nomenclature of main components

THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CASAGRANDE S.p.A.-TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION IS PROHIBITED

THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CASAGRANDE S.p.A.-TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION IS PROHIBITED

F1 stroke of stabilizer 600

Max. pulling force. kN 600

THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CASAGRANDE S.p.A.-TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION IS PROHIBITED

2.3. Basic machine

A Centre to centre distance 4210 mm

B Overall length of tracks 5140 mm

C Width of tracks shoes 800 mm

- Retracted tracks 1380 mm

- Retracted tracks 2980 mm

F Min ground clearance 354 mm

G Swing radius 1163 mm

H Overall length of upperstructure 7150 mm

I Clearance under counterweight 1771 mm

L Height of base carrier 3277 mm

L1 Height of cabin guard 3391 mm

M Height of rear body 2631 mm

N Width of upperstructure 2900 mm

O Overall length of base carrier 6803 mm

P Stabilizer ground clearance 690 mm

Base machine weight (without equipment and counterweight) 340 kN

X Centre of gravity to swing axis distance 1160 mm

THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CASAGRANDE S.p.A.-TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION IS PROHIBITED

Maximum speed 0 ÷ 1,3 km / h